ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (2,416)
  • Maps  (4)
  • AWI Reading room  (2,420)
Collection
  • Books  (2,416)
  • Maps  (4)
Language
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Humana Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95664
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume provides detailed protocols for the isolation, enumeration, characterization of diverse bacteriophages, including both small to jumbo bacteriophages, from soil, fecal, municipal wastewater, and from food niche samples. Chapters highlight the diversity of bacteriophages in different environments, quantifications using culture, molecular techniques, protocols for isolate, interaction of bacteriophage proteins with host cells, and how to use bacteriophages to transfer foreign genetic elements to bacterial strains. In addition to the above, chapters feature the application of bacteriophages/bacteriophage-derived products. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips (in the Notes section) on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and cutting-edge, Bacteriophages: Methods and Protocols aims to ensure successful results in further study of this vital field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 431 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-0716-3548-3 , 9781071635483
    ISSN: 1064-3745 , 1940-6029
    Series Statement: Methods in Molecular Biology 2738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Contributors PART I AN OVERVIEW OF THE DIVERSITY OF BACTERIOPHAGES 1 Structural and Genomic Diversity of Bacteriophages / Bert Ely, Jacob Lenski, and Tannaz Mohammadi 2 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in the Human Gut / Amanda Carroll-Portillo, Derek M. Lin, and Henry C. Lin 3 Breaking the Ice: A Review of Phages in Polar Ecosystems / Mara Elena Heinrichs, Gonçalo J. Piedade, Ovidiu Popa, Pacifica Sommers, Gareth Trubl, Julia Weissenbach, and Janina Rahlff 4 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in Hot Springs / Timothy J. Marks and Isabella R. Rowland PART II ISOLATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 5 Isolation of Bacteriophages from Soil Samples in a Poorly Equipped Field Laboratory in Kruger National Park / Ayesha Hassim and Kgaugelo Edward Lekota 6 Purification and Up-Concentration of Bacteriophages and Viruses from Fecal Samples / Frej Larsen, Rasmus Riemer Jakobsen, Xiaotian Mao, Josue Castro-Mejia, Ling Deng, and Dennis S. Nielsen 7 Isolation of Enterococcus Bacteriophages from Municipal Wastewater Samples Using an Enrichment Step / Cory Schwarz and Jacques Mathieu 8 Phage DNA Extraction, Genome Assembly, and Genome Closure / Justin Boeckman, Mei Liu, Jolene Ramsey, and Jason Gill PART III ENUMERATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 9 Enumeration of Bacteriophages by Plaque Assay / Diana Elizabeth Waturangi 10 Detection and Quantification of Bacteriophages in Wastewater Samples by Culture and Molecular Methods/ Laura Sala-Comorera, Maite Muniesa, and Lorena Rodríguez-Rubio 11 Flow Virometry: A Fluorescence-Based Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in Liquid Samples / Elena A. Dlusskaya and Rafik Dey 12 A Metagenomics Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in a Food Niche / Kelsey White, Giovanni Eraclio, Gabriele Andrea Lugli, Marco Ventura, Jennifer Mahony, Fabio Dal Bello, and Douwe van Sinderen PART IV CHARACTERIZATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 13 Bioinformatic Analysis of Staphylococcus Phages: A Key Step for Safe Cocktail Development / Soledad Telma Carrasco and He´ctor Ricardo Morbidoni 14 Use of Localized Reconstruction to Visualize the Shigella Phage Sf6 Tail Apparatus / Chun-Feng David Hou, Fenglin Li, Stephano Iglesias, and Gino Cingolani 15 Bacteriophage–Host Interactions and Coevolution / Diana M. Álvarez-Espejo, Dácil Rivera, and Andrea I. Moreno-Switt 16 Unraveling Physical Interactions of Clostridioides difficile with Phage and Phage-Derived Proteins Using In Vitro and Whole-Cell Assays / Wichuda Phothichaisri, Tanaporn Phetruen, Surang Chankhamhaengdecha, Tavan Janvilisri, Puey Ounjai, Robert P. Fagan, and Sittinan Chanarat 17 Phage Transduction of Staphylococcus aureus / Melissa-Jane Chu Yuan Kee and John Chen PART V APPLICATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES AND BACTERIOPHAGE-DERIVED COMPONENTS 18 The Next Generation of Drug Delivery: Harnessing the Power of Bacteriophages / Alaa A. A. Aljabali, Mohammad B. M. Aljbaly, Mohammad A. Obeid, Seyed Hossein Shahcheraghi, and Murtaza M. Tambuwala 19 Construction of Nonnatural Cysteine-Cross-Linked Phage Libraries / Brittney Chau, Kristi Liivak, and Jianmin Gao 20 Application of Deep Sequencing in Phage Display / Vincent Van Deuren, Sander Plessers, Rob Lavigne, and Johan Robben 21 The Application of Bacteriophage and Photoacoustic Flow Cytometry in Bacterial Identification / Robert H. Edgar, Anie-Pier Samson, and John A. Viator 22 Propagation, Purification, and Characterization of Bacteriophages for Phage Therapy / Katarzyna Kosznik-Kwaśnicka, Gracja Topka, Jagoda Mantej, Łukasz Grabowski, Agnieszka Necel, Grzegorz Węgrzyn, and Alicja Węgrzyn 23 Overcoming Bacteriophage Resistance in Phage Therapy / Elina Laanto 24 Bacteriophage Virus-Like Particles: Platforms for Vaccine Design / Ebenezer Tumban Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: AWI A4-23-95497
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme weather and climate events are one of the greatest dangers for present-day society. Therefore, it is important to provide reliable statements on what changes in extreme events can be expected along with future global climate change. However, the projected overall response to future climate change is generally a result of a complex interplay between individual physical mechanisms originated within the different climate subsystems. Hence, a profound understanding of these individual contributions is required in order to provide meaningful assessments of future changes in extreme events. One aspect of climate change is the recently observed phenomenon of Arctic Amplification and the related dramatic Arctic sea ice decline, which is expected to continue over the next decades. The question to what extent Arctic sea ice loss is able to affect atmospheric dynamics and extreme events over mid-latitudes has received a lot of attention over recent years and still remains a highly debated topic. In this respect, the objective of ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 126 Seiten , Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , CONTENTS 1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS 1.1 Extreme events and attribution 1.2 Arctic climate change and mid-latitude linkages 1.3 Research questions 2 FOUNDATIONS 2.1 Atmospheric basics 2.1.1 Governing equations 2.1.2 Zonal wind and temperature profiles 2.1.3 Atmospheric waves and instabilities 2.1.4 Large-scale variability patterns and blocking 2.2 Atmospheric circulation regimes 2.2.1 Dynamical concepts 2.2.2 Regime computation 2.2.3 Regime number 2.3 Arctic climate change 2.3.1 Recent trends in Arctic sea ice and temperatures 2.3.2 Surface fluxes and energy balance in Arctic regions 2.3.3 Polar amplification mechanisms 2.3.4 Arctic-mid-latitude linkages 2.4 Weather and climate extremes 2.4.1 Recent trends 2.4.2 Dynamical driver of temperature extremes 3 DATA AND METHODS 3.1 ERA5 reanalysis 3.2 Model experiments 3.2.1 The atmospheric general circulation model ECHAM6 3.2.2 Polar Amplification Intercomparison Project data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Statistical significance 3.3.2 Extreme definition 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Mean circulation in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.1.1 Climatological mean states in ERA5 and the reference simulation 4.1.2 Climatological responses in ECHAM6 sensitivity experiments 4.2 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes 4.2.1 Regime structures in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.2.2 Regime frequency changes in ERA 4.2.3 Regime frequency changes in ECHAM6 experiments 4.3 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss 4.3.1 Extreme occurrence frequency changes 4.3.2 Temperature return level changes 4.4 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe 4.4.1 Winter temperature extremes 4.4.2 Summer heat extremes 4.4.3 Winter wind extremes 4.5 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes 4.5.1 Midwinter cold extremes along a SCAN storyline 4.5.2 January warm extremes along a ATl- storyline 4.5.3 February warm extremes along a NAO+ storyline 4.5.4 Comparison with futSST 4.5.5 January wind extremes along a ATL- storyline 4.6 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season 4.6.1 ERA5 event definitions 4.6.2 Reference flows and analogues in ERA5 4.6.3 Circulation analogues in ECHAM6 experiments 4.6.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced changes in European heat extremes 5 CONCLUSION 5.1 Summary 5.2 Final discussion and outlook Appendix A METHODS A.1 Principal Component Analysis A.2 𝑘-Means clustering A.2.1 Algorithm A.2.2 Computation of circulation regimes A.3 Taylor diagram A.4 Regression model for describing ERA5 regime frequency changes A.4.1 General setup A.4.2 Multinomial Logistic Regression A.4.3 Linear predictor A.5 Definition and calculation of return levels A.5.1 Block maxima approach and Generalized Extreme Value distribution A.5.2 Return level estimation A.6 Framework for conditional extreme event attribution Appendix B ADDITIONAL FIGURES B.1 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes B.2 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss B.3 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe B.3.1 Conditioned vs. unconditioned ERA5 and wind extreme probabilities B.3.2 Wind and synoptic-scale activity anomalies B.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes B.5 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season B.6 Miscellaneous B.6.1 Recent Arctic sea ice trends B.6.2 futSST forcing field B.6.3 Fluxes over sea ice and ocean surfaces in ECHAM6 BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Marburg] : H4O - Heroes for the Ocean
    Call number: AWI G2-24-95628
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 200 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 850 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783000752018 , 978-3-00-075201-8
    Series Statement: Edition 1 - Ostsee - Nordsee, Nordatlantik
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort ERSTER TEIL Faszination Ozean Im Reich der Tiefe Astronaut auf Erden Die Stimme der Meere ZWEITER TEIL Am Abgrund der Meere Der Schatz von Helgoland Geisterjagd vor Rügen Am Limit DRITTER TEIL Der Weg nach vorn Unscheinbarer Superheld Grundreinigung Mut zur Hoffnung Dein Leben für den Ozean DANKSAGUNG DIE AUTOREN IMPRESSUM BILDNACHWEIS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95700
    Description / Table of Contents: With Arctic ground as a huge and temperature-sensitive carbon reservoir, maintaining low ground temperatures and frozen conditions to prevent further carbon emissions that contrib-ute to global climate warming is a key element in humankind’s fight to maintain habitable con-ditions on earth. Former studies showed that during the late Pleistocene, Arctic ground condi-tions were generally colder and more stable as the result of an ecosystem dominated by large herbivorous mammals and vast extents of graminoid vegetation – the mammoth steppe. Characterised by high plant productivity (grassland) and low ground insulation due to animal-caused compression and removal of snow, this ecosystem enabled deep permafrost aggrad-ation. Now, with tundra and shrub vegetation common in the terrestrial Arctic, these effects are not in place anymore. However, it appears to be possible to recreate this ecosystem local-ly by artificially increasing animal numbers, and hence keep Arctic ground cold to reduce or-ganic matter decomposition and carbon release into the atmosphere. By measuring thaw depth, total organic carbon and total nitrogen content, stable carbon iso-tope ratio, radiocarbon age, n-alkane and alcohol characteristics and assessing dominant vegetation types along grazing intensity transects in two contrasting Arctic areas, it was found that recreating conditions locally, similar to the mammoth steppe, seems to be possible. For permafrost-affected soil, it was shown that intensive grazing in direct comparison to non-grazed areas reduces active layer depth and leads to higher TOC contents in the active layer soil. For soil only frozen on top in winter, an increase of TOC with grazing intensity could not be found, most likely because of confounding factors such as vertical water and carbon movement, which is not possible with an impermeable layer in permafrost. In both areas, high animal activity led to a vegetation transformation towards species-poor graminoid-dominated landscapes with less shrubs. Lipid biomarker analysis revealed that, even though the available organic material is different between the study areas, in both permafrost-affected and sea-sonally frozen soils the organic material in sites affected by high animal activity was less de-composed than under less intensive grazing pressure. In conclusion, high animal activity af-fects decomposition processes in Arctic soils and the ground thermal regime, visible from reduced active layer depth in permafrost areas. Therefore, grazing management might be utilised to locally stabilise permafrost and reduce Arctic carbon emissions in the future, but is likely not scalable to the entire permafrost region.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: X, 104, A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of contents ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND 1.1.1 ARCTIC GROUND 1.1.2 THE PHENOMENON OF PERMAFROST 1.1.3 ARCTIC NON - PERMAFROST AREAS 1.1.4 HYPOTHESIS 1.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 METHODS 1.3.1 FIELD METHODS AND SAMPLING APPROACH 1.3.2 STUDY AREA SELECTION 1.3.3 LABORATORY METHODS 1.4 THESIS ORGANISATION CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA 2.1 ABSTRACT 2.2 I NTRODUCTION 2.3 STUDY AREA 2.4 METHODS 2.4.1 FIELD SAMPLING APPROACH 2.4.2 LABORATORY WORK 2.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND EXTERNAL DATA 2.5 RESULTS 2.5.1 VEGETATION ASSESSMENT 2.5.2 SEASONAL THAW DEPTH 2.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS (TOC, TOC/TN RATIOS , AND Δ13 C RATIOS ) 2.5.4 GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND WATER CONTENT 2.5.5 STATISTICS AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 2.6 DISCUSSION 2.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING ON VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND PERMAFROST THAW 2.6.2 CARBON ACCUMULATION UNDER GRAZING IMPACT 2.6.3 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY 2.7 CONCLUSION 2.8 DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 2.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS 2.10 FUNDING 2.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.12 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND: A PILOT STUDY 3.1 ABSTRACT 3.2 I NTRODUCTION 3.3 STUDY AREA 3.4 METHODS 3.4.1 FIELD WORK 3.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS 3.5 RESULTS 3.5.1 CORE DESCRIPTIONS 3.5.2 VEGETATION 3.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS 3.5.6 COMPARATIVE DATA ANALYSIS 3.6 DISCUSSION 3.6.1 REINDEER IMPACT ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE 3.6.2 REINDEER IMPACT ON VEGETATION 3.6.3 REINDEER IMPACT ON GROUND CHARACTERISTICS 3.6.4 SOC DENSITY AND STOCKS ACROSS THE KUTUHARJU STATION AREA 3.6.5 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY DESIGN 3.6.6 IMPLICATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 3.7 CONCLUSION 3.8 DATA AVAILABILITY 3.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 3.10 COMPETING INTERESTS 3.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 3.12 FUNDING TABLE 3-1 TABLE 3-2 TABLE 3-3 CHAPTER 4: LIPID BIOMARKER SCREENING TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY FROZEN ARCTIC GROUND 4.1 ABSTRACT 4.2 I NTRODUCTION 4.3 STUDY AREA 4.4 METHODS 4.4.1 SAMPLING APPROACH 4.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 4.4.3 LIPID BIOMARKER INDICES 4.4.4 STATISTICS 4.5 RESULTS 4.5.1 TOC 4.5.2 C/N RATIO 4.5.3 STABLE CARBON ISOTOPE RATIO 4.5.4 ABSOLUTE N- ALKANE CONCENTRATION 4.5.5 AVERAGE CHAIN LENGTH 4.5.6 CARBON PREFERENCE INDEX 4.5.7 HIGHER - PLANT ALCOHOL INDEX 4.5.8 STATISTICAL RESULTS 4.6 DISCUSSION 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING INTENSITY ON BIOMARKER SIGNALS 4.6.2 EFFECTS OF GROUND THERMAL REGIME ON SOIL OM DEGRADATION 4.6.3 I MPACT OF HERBIVORY ON PERMAFROST OM STORAGE 4.7 CONCLUSION 4.8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 4.9 COMPETING INTERESTS 4.10 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 4.11 FUNDING 4.12 DATA AVAILABILITY CHAPTER 5: SYNTHESIS 5.1 ECOSYSTEM CHANGES UNDER THE IMPACT OF LARGE HERBIVORES 5.2 GRAZING EFFECTS ON SOIL ORGANIC MATTER DECOMPOSITION 5.3 F EASIBILITY OF UTILISING HERBIVORY IN THE ARCTIC 5.4 RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL PLANNING AND USE OF ARCTIC HERBIVORY REFERENCES 93 FINANCIAL AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX I ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA APPENDIX II WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF HERBIVORE DIVERSITY ON TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS ? A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW (ABSTRACT) APPENDIX III SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA APPENDIX IV SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND : A PILOT STUDY APPENDIX V SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 4: A PILOT STUDY OF LIPID BIOMARKERS TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY ROZEN ARCTIC GROUND APPENDIX VI SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO APPENDIX IV: ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - DANKSAGUNG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: AWI A7-24-95703
    Description / Table of Contents: The icosahedral non-hydrostatic large eddy model (ICON-LEM) was applied around the drift track of the Multidisciplinary Observatory Study of the Arctic (MOSAiC) in 2019 and 2020. The model was set up with horizontal grid-scales between 100m and 800m on areas with radii of 17.5km and 140 km. At its lateral boundaries, the model was driven by analysis data from the German Weather Service (DWD), downscaled by ICON in limited area mode (ICON-LAM) with horizontal grid-scale of 3 km. The aim of this thesis was the investigation of the atmospheric boundary layer near the surface in the central Arctic during polar winter with a high-resolution mesoscale model. The default settings in ICON-LEM prevent the model from representing the exchange processes in the Arctic boundary layer in accordance to the MOSAiC observations. The implemented sea-ice scheme in ICON does not include a snow layer on sea-ice, which causes a too slow response of the sea-ice surface temperature to atmospheric changes. To allow the sea-ice surface to respond faster to changes in the atmosphere, the implemented sea-ice parameterization in ICON was extended with an adapted heat capacity term. The adapted sea-ice parameterization resulted in better agreement with the MOSAiC observations. However, the sea-ice surface temperature in the model is generally lower than observed due to biases in the downwelling long-wave radiation and the lack of complex surface structures, like leads. The large eddy resolving turbulence closure yielded a better representation of the lower boundary layer under strongly stable stratification than the non-eddy-resolving turbulence closure. Furthermore, the integration of leads into the sea-ice surface reduced the overestimation of the sensible heat flux for different weather conditions. The results of this work help to better understand boundary layer processes in the central Arctic during the polar night. High-resolving mesoscale simulations are able to represent temporally and spatially small interactions and help to further develop parameterizations also for the application in regional and global models.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 2. Boundary Layers Types of the Atmosphere 2.1. The Convective Boundary Layer (CBL) 2.2. The Neutral Boundary Layer (NBL) 2.3. The Stable Boundary Layer (SBL) 3. The Closure problem 4. Model description 4.1. Applied model versions 4.2. Governing equations 4.3. Horizontal grid 4.4. Vertical grid 4.5. Lateral boundaries 4.6. Parametrizations 4.6.1. Radiation scheme 4.6.2. Microphysics 4.6.3. Mellor-Yamada scheme 4.6.4. Smagorinsky scheme 4.6.5. Sea ice scheme 4.7. Difference to classical LES Models 5. Experimental Setup 6. MOSAiC Measurements 6.1. ARM Meteorological tower 6.2. Radiosondes 7. Model evaluation for the central Arctic 7.1. Impact of the horizontal resolution 7.1.1. Under cold, light wind conditions 7.1.2. Under stormy conditions 7.2. Impact of the sea-ice scheme 7.3. Impact of the lower boundary conditions 7.4. Impact of the parametrization schemes under cold, light wind conditions 7.4.1. Near-surface variables 7.4.2. Vertical profiles 7.4.3. Surface fluxes 7.4.4. Boundary Layer Height 7.5. Impact of the parametrization schemes under stormy conditions 7.5.1. Near-surface variables 7.5.2. Vertical profiles 7.5.3. Surface fluxes 7.5.4. Boundary Layer height 8. Discussion and Summary Acknowledgements Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95302
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change of anthropogenic origin is affecting Earth’s biodiversity and therefore ecosystems and their services. High latitude ecosystems are even more impacted than the rest of Northern Hemisphere because of the amplified polar warming. Still, it is challenging to predict the dynamics of high latitude ecosystems because of complex interaction between abiotic and biotic components. As the past is the key to the future, the interpretation of past ecological changes to better understand ongoing processes is possible. In the Quaternary, the Pleistocene experienced several glacial and interglacial stages that affected past ecosystems. During the last Glacial, the Pleistocene steppe-tundra was covering most of unglaciated northern hemisphere and disappeared in parallel to the megafauna’s extinction at the transition to the Holocene (~11,700 years ago). The origin of the steppe-tundra decline is not well understood and knowledge on the mechanisms, which caused shifts in past communities and ecosystems, is of high priority as they are likely comparable to those affecting modern ecosystems. Lake or permafrost core sediments can be retrieved to investigate past biodiversity at transitions between glacial and interglacial stages. Siberia and Beringia were the origin of dispersal of the steppe-tundra, which make investigation this area of high priority. Until recently, macrofossils and pollen were the most common approaches. They are designed to reconstruct past composition changes but have limit and biases. Since the end of the 20th century, sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) can also be investigated. My main objectives were, by using sedaDNA approaches to provide scientific evidence of compositional and diversity changes in the Northern Hemisphere ecosystems at the transition between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages. In this thesis, I provide snapshots of entire ancient ecosystems and describe compositional changes between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages, and confirm the vegetation composition and the spatial and temporal boundaries of the Pleistocene steppe-tundra. I identify a general loss of plant diversity with extinction events happening in parallel of megafauna’ extinction. I demonstrate how loss of biotic resilience led to the collapse of a previously well-established system and discuss my results in regards to the ongoing climate change. With further work to constrain biases and limits, sedaDNA can be used in parallel or even replace the more established macrofossils and pollen approaches as my results support the robustness and potential of sedaDNA to answer new palaeoecological questions such as plant diversity changes, loss and provide snapshots of entire ancient biota.
    Description / Table of Contents: Der vom Menschen verursachte Klimawandel wirkt sich auf die biologische Vielfalt der Erde und damit auf die Ökosysteme und ihre Leistungen aus. Die Ökosysteme in den hohen Breitengraden sind aufgrund der verstärkten Erwärmung an den Polen noch stärker betroffen als der Rest der nördlichen Hemisphäre. Dennoch ist es schwierig, die Dynamik von Ökosystemen in den hohen Breitengraden vorherzusagen, da die Wechselwirkungen zwischen abiotischen und biotischen Komponenten sehr komplex sind. Da die Vergangenheit der Schlüssel zur Zukunft ist, ist die Interpretation vergangener ökologischer Veränderungen möglich, um laufende Prozesse besser zu verstehen. Im Quartär durchlief das Pleistozän mehrere glaziale und interglaziale Phasen, welche die Ökosysteme der Vergangenheit beeinflussten. Während des letzten Glazials bedeckte die pleistozäne Steppentundra den größten Teil der unvergletscherten nördlichen Hemisphäre und verschwand parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna am Übergang zum Holozän (vor etwa 11 700 Jahren). Der Ursprung des Rückgangs der Steppentundra ist nicht gut erforscht, und die Kenntnis über die Mechanismen, die zu den Veränderungen in den vergangenen Lebensgemeinschaften und Ökosystemen geführt haben, ist von hoher Priorität, da sie wahrscheinlich mit denen vergleichbar sind, die sich auf moderne Ökosysteme auswirken. Durch die Entnahme von See- oder Permafrostkernsedimenten kann die vergangene Artenvielfalt an den Übergängen zwischen Eis- und Zwischeneiszeiten untersucht werden. Sibirien und Beringia waren der Ursprung der Ausbreitung der Steppentundra, weshalb die Untersuchung dieses Gebiets hohe Priorität hat. Bis vor kurzem waren Makrofossilien und Pollen die gängigsten Methoden. Sie dienen der Rekonstruktion vergangener Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung der Bevölkerung, haben aber ihre Grenzen und Schwächen. Seit Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts kann auch sedimentäre alte DNA (sedaDNA) untersucht werden. Mein Hauptziel war es, durch den Einsatz von sedaDNA-Ansätzen wissenschaftliche Beweise für Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung und Vielfalt der Ökosysteme der nördlichen Hemisphäre am Übergang zwischen den quartären Eiszeiten und Zwischeneiszeiten zu liefern. In dieser Arbeit liefere ich Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Ökosysteme und beschreibe die Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung zwischen Quartärglazialen und Interglazialen und bestätige die Vegetationszusammensetzung sowie die räumlichen und zeitlichen Grenzen der pleistozänen Steppentundra. Ich stelle einen allgemeinen Verlust der Pflanzenvielfalt fest, wobei das Aussterben der Pflanzen parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna verlief. Ich zeige auf, wie der Verlust der biotischen Widerstandsfähigkeit zum Zusammenbruch eines zuvor gut etablierten Systems führte, und diskutiere meine Ergebnisse im Hinblick auf den laufenden Klimawandel. Mit weiteren Arbeiten zur Eingrenzung von Verzerrungen und Grenzen kann sedaDNA parallel zu den etablierteren Makrofossilien- und Pollenansätzen verwendet werden oder diese sogar ersetzen, da meine Ergebnisse die Robustheit und das Potenzial von sedaDNA zur Beantwortung neuer paläoökologischer Fragen wie Veränderungen der Pflanzenvielfalt und -verluste belegen und Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Biota liefern.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 217 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 General introduction 1.1 A changing world 1.1.1 Global changes of anthropogenic origin 1.1.2 Amplified crisis in the high latitudes 1.2 The past is the key to the future 1.2.1 The Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages 1.2.2 The Beringia study case 1.3 Investigating past biodiversity 1.3.1 Traditional tools 1.3.2 Newest sedaDNA proxies 1.4 Motivation and aims of the thesis 1.5 Structure of the thesis 1.6 Author’s contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Geographical settings 2.3.2 Fieldwork and subsampling 2.3.3 Core splicing and dating 2.3.4 Sediment-geochemical analyses 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Molecular genetic preparation 2.3.7 Processing of sedaDNA data 2.3.8 Statistical analysis and visualization 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Age model 2.4.2 Sediment-geochemical core composition 2.4.3 Pollen stratigraphy 2.4.4 sedaDNA composition 2.4.5 Comparison between pollen and sedaDNA 2.4.6 Taxa richness investigation 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Proxy validation 2.5.2 Vegetation compositional changes in response to climate inferred from pollen and sedaDNA records 2.5.3 The steppe-tundra of the Late Pleistocene 2.5.4 The disrupted Pleistocene-Holocene transition 2.5.5 The boreal forest of the Holocene 2.5.6 Changes in vegetation richness through the Pleistocene/Holocene transition inferred from the sedaDNA record 2.6 Conclusion Data availability statement Funding References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Method 3.3.1 Site description and timeframe 3.3.2 Sampling, DNA extraction and PCR 3.3.3 Filtering and cleaning dataset 3.3.4 Identification of taxa – species signal 3.3.5 Resampling 3.3.6 Assessment of the species pool stability 3.3.7 Quantification of extinct and extirpated taxa 3.3.8 Characterisation of species and candidate species 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Changes in the composition and species pool at the Pleistocene - Holocene transition 3.4.2 Decrease in the regional plant species richness between the Pleistocene and the Holocene 3.4.3 Identification of loss taxa events 3.4.4 Characterisation of lost taxa 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Biotic and abiotic changes in the ecosystem - a cocktail for extinction 3.5.2 Identification and quantification of potential plant taxa loss 3.5.3 Characterisation of potential taxa loss 3.5.4 Limits of the method 3.5.5 Conclusions and perspectives Funding References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Material & Methods 4.3.1 Fieldwork and subsampling 4.3.2 Chronology 4.3.3 Pollen analysis 4.3.4 Isolation of sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Metabarcoding approach 4.3.6 Shotgun approach 4.3.7 Bioinformatic processing 4.4 Results 4.4.1 General results of the three approaches: pollen, metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing 4.4.2 Plants (Viridiplantae) 4.4.3 Fungi 4.4.4 Mammals (Mammalia) 4.4.5 Birds (Aves) 4.4.6 Insects (Insecta) 4.4.7 Prokaryotes (Bacteria, Archaea) and Viruses 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Interglacial communities 4.5.2 Glacial communities 4.5.3 Potential and limitations of the sedaDNA shotgun approach applied to ancient permafrost sediments 4.6 Conclusions Data availability statement Funding References 5 Synthesis 5.1 Ecological changes between glacial and interglacial stages 5.1.1 Changes in the compositional structure 5.1.2 Loss of plant diversity 5.1.3 Potential drivers of change 5.2 High potential of sedaDNA for past biodiversity reconstruction 5.3 Conclusions and future perspectives Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Supplementary material for Manuscript I Appendix 2: Supplementary material for Manuscript II Appendix 3: Supplementary material for Manuscript III Appendix 4: Manuscript IV Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95434
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 438 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783946729303 , 978-3-946729-30-3
    ISSN: 0932-2205
    Series Statement: Excellence in Ecology 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI G5-24-95642
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 21
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, 6
    Description / Table of Contents: This book, entitled Tracking Environmental Change Using Lake Sediments: Volume 6 – Sedimentary DNA, provides an overview of the applications of sedimentary DNA-based approaches to paleolimnological studies. These approaches have shown considerable potential in providing information about the long-term changes of overall biodiversity in lakes and their watersheds in response to natural and anthropogenic changes, as well as tracking human migrations over the last thousands of years. Although the first studies investigating the preservation of these molecular proxies in sediments originate from the late-1990s, the number of scientific publications on this topic has increased greatly over the last five years. Alongside numerous ecological findings, several sedimentary DNA studies have been dedicated to understanding the reliability of this approach to reconstruct past ecosystem changes. Despite the major surge of interest, a comprehensive compilation of sedimentary DNA approaches and applications has yet to be attempted. The overall aim of this DPER volume is to fill this knowledge gap.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 437 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783031437991 , 978-3-031-43798-4 , 9783031437984
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 21
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Using Lake Sedimentary DNA to Reconstruct Biodiversity Changes / Eric Capo, Cécilia Barouillet, and John P. Smol 2 The Sources and Fates of Lake Sedimentary DNA / Charline Giguet-Covex, Stanislav Jelavić, Anthony Foucher, Marina A. Morlock, Susanna A. Wood, Femke Augustijns, Isabelle Domaizon, Ludovic Gielly, and Eric Capo 3 The Sedimentary Ancient DNA Workflow / Peter D. Heintzman, Kevin Nota, Alexandra Rouillard, Youri Lammers, Tyler J. Murchie, Linda Armbrecht, Sandra Garcés-Pastor, and Benjamin Vernot 4 Bacterial and Archaeal DNA from Lake Sediments / Aurèle Vuillemin, Marco J. L. Coolen, Jens Kallmeyer, Susanne Liebner, and Stefan Bertilsson 5 Cyanobacterial DNA from Lake Sediments / Marie-Eve Monchamp and Frances R. Pick 6 Protist DNA from Lake Sediments / Cécilia Barouillet, Isabelle Domaizon, and Eric Capo 7 Diatom DNA from Lake Sediments / Katharina Dulias, Laura S. Epp, and Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring 8 Aquatic Vegetation DNA from Lake Sediments / Aloïs Revéret, Inger G. Alsos, and Peter D. Heintzman 9 Aquatic Animal DNA from Lake Sediments / Irene Gregory-Eaves, Marie-Eve Monchamp, and Zofia E. Taranu 10 Terrestrial Plant DNA from Lake Sediments / Sandra Garcés-Pastor, Kevin Nota, Dilli P. Rijal, Sisi Liu, Weihan Jia, Maria Leunda, Christoph Schwörer, Sarah E. Crump, Laura Parducci, and Inger G. Alsos 11 Terrestrial Fauna and Hominin DNA from Sedimentary Archives / Tyler J. Murchie, Charline Giguet-Covex, Peter D. Heintzman, Viviane Slon, and Yucheng Wang 12 An Overview of Biodiversity and Network Modeling Approaches: Applications to Sedimentary DNA Records / Zofia E. Taranu, Irene Gregory-Eaves, and Marie-Eve Monchamp 13 Perspectives and Future Developments Within Sedimentary DNA Research / Luke E. Holman, Yi Wang, Rikai Sawafuji, Laura S. Epp, Kristine Bohmann, and Mikkel Winther Pedersen Glossary, Acronyms and Abbreviations Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95540
    In: World ocean review, 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-733-8 , 9783866487338
    Series Statement: World ocean review 8
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Kapitel 1 Dringlichst gesucht – Wege aus der Klimakrise Alarmstufe Rot für Mensch und Natur Lösungen für das Treibhausgas-Problem? CONCLUSIO: Die Klimakrise kennt nur eine Lösung: Treibhausgasneutralität Kapitel 2 Die Rolle des Ozeans im Kohlenstoffkreislauf der Erde Wie der Ozean Kohlendioxid aufnimmt CONCLUSIO: Kohlenstoffspeicher Ozean: Riesig, effizient und in Gefahr 67 Kapitel 3 Das ungenutzte Klimaschutzpotenzial der Ökosysteme an Land Wälder, Wiesen und Böden als Kohlenstoffspeicher CONCLUSIO: Lösungen, die viel zu selten umgesetzt werden Kapitel 4 Marine CDR-Verfahren: Forschung unter Zeit- und Erwartungsdruck Ein Ozean der Möglichkeiten oder gefährlicher Hype? Kapitel 5 Mehr Kohlenstoffeinlagerung in Wiesen und Wäldern des Meeres? Blue Carbon: Ein Lösungsansatz mit doppeltem Nutzen CONCLUSIO: Küstenökosysteme: Marine Kohlenstoffsenke mit unverzichtbaren Zusatzleistungen Kapitel 6 Künstlicher Auftrieb: Die Idee von der Begrünung des Ozeans Eine Anschubhilfe für die biologische Kohlenstoffpumpe CONCLUSIO: Künstlicher Auftrieb – Prädikat: „nur bedingt nützlich“ Kapitel 7 Gezielte Eingriffe in die Meereschemie Alkalinitätserhöhung: Verfahren in den Kinderschuhen CONCLUSIO: Alkalinitätserhöhung – theoretisch verstanden, im Feld jedoch kaum getestet Kapitel 8 Kohlendioxid verpressen tief unter dem Meer Gasspeicherung in Sandsteinschichten und Basaltgestein CONCLUSIO: Kohlendioxidspeicherung unter dem Meer: Ein umstrittenes Verfahren im Aufwind Kapitel 9 Leitprinzipien und Regeln für einen Einsatz mariner CDR-Verfahren Wie regelt man eine verstärkte CO2-Aufnahme des Meeres? CONCLUSIO: Regulierung möglicher CDR-Einsätze: Gebraucht werden klare Strategien und Vorschriften Gesamt-Conclusio Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum .
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94840
    Description / Table of Contents: Vegetation change at high latitudes is one of the central issues nowadays with respect to ongoing climate changes and triggered potential feedback. At high latitude ecosystems, the expected changes include boreal treeline advance, compositional, phenological, physiological (plants), biomass (phytomass) and productivity changes. However, the rate and the extent of the changes under climate change are yet poorly understood and projections are necessary for effective adaptive strategies and forehanded minimisation of the possible negative feedbacks. The vegetation itself and environmental conditions, which are playing a great role in its development and distribution are diverse throughout the Subarctic to the Arctic. Among the least investigated areas is central Chukotka in North-Eastern Siberia, Russia. Chukotka has mountainous terrain and a wide variety of vegetation types on the gradient from treeless tundra to northern taiga forests. The treeline there in contrast to subarctic North America and north-western and central Siberia is represented by a deciduous conifer, Larix cajanderi Mayr. The vegetation varies from prostrate lichen Dryas octopetala L. tundra to open graminoid (hummock and non-hummock) tundra to tall Pinus pumila (Pall.) Regel shrublands to sparse and dense larch forests. Hence, this thesis presents investigations on recent compositional and above-ground biomass (AGB) changes, as well as potential future changes in AGB in central Chukotka. The aim is to assess how tundra-taiga vegetation develops under changing climate conditions particularly in Fareast Russia, central Chukotka. Therefore, three main research questions were considered: 1) What changes in vegetation composition have recently occurred in central Chukotka? 2) How have the above-ground biomass AGB rates and distribution changed in central Chukotka? 3) What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming millennia in the northern tundra-taiga of central Chukotka? Remote sensing provides information on the spatial and temporal variability of vegetation. I used Landsat satellite data together with field data (foliage projective cover and AGB) from two expeditions in 2016 and 2018 to Chukotka to upscale vegetation types and AGB for the study area. More specifically, I used Landsat spectral indices (Normalised Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Normalised Difference Water Index (NDWI) and Normalised Difference Snow Index (NDSI)) and constrained ordination (Redundancy analysis, RDA) for further k-means-based land-cover classification and general additive model (GAM)-based AGB maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/2017. I also used Tandem-X DEM data for a topographical correction of the Landsat satellite data and to derive slope, aspect, and Topographical Wetness Index (TWI) data for forecasting AGB. Firstly, in 2016, taxa-specific projective cover data were collected during a Russian-German expedition. I processed the field data and coupled them with Landsat spectral Indices in the RDA model that was used for k-means classification. I could establish four meaningful land-cover classes: (1) larch closed-canopy forest, (2) forest tundra and shrub tundra, (3) graminoid tundra and (4) prostrate herb tundra and barren areas, and accordingly, I produced the land cover maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/20017. Changes in land-cover classes between the beginning of the century (2000/2001/2002) and the present time (2016/2017) were estimated and interpreted as recent compositional changes in central Chukotka. The transition from graminoid tundra to forest tundra and shrub tundra was interpreted as shrubification and amounts to a 20% area increase in the tundra-taiga zone and 40% area increase in the northern taiga. Major contributors of shrubification are alder, dwarf birch and some species of the heather family. Land-cover change from the forest tundra and shrub tundra class to the larch closed-canopy forest class is interpreted as tree infilling and is notable in the northern taiga. We find almost no land-cover changes in the present treeless tundra. Secondly, total AGB state and change were investigated for the same areas. In addition to the total vegetation AGB, I provided estimations for the different taxa present at the field sites. As an outcome, AGB in the study region of central Chukotka ranged from 0 kg m-2 at barren areas to 16 kg m-2 in closed-canopy forests with the larch trees contributing the highest. A comparison of changes in AGB within the investigated period from 2000 to 2016 shows that the greatest changes (up to 1.25 kg m 2 yr 1) occurred in the northern taiga and in areas where land cover changed to larch closed-canopy forest. Our estimations indicate a general increase in total AGB throughout the investigated tundra-taiga and northern taiga, whereas the tundra showed no evidence of change in AGB within the 15 years from 2002 to 2017. In the third manuscript, potential future AGB changes were estimated based on the results of simulations of the individual-based spatially explicit vegetation model LAVESI using different climate scenarios, depending on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 with or without cooling after 2300 CE. LAVESI-based AGB was simulated for the current state until 3000 CE for the northern tundra-taiga study area for larch species because we expect the most notable changes to occur will be associated with forest expansion in the treeline ecotone. The spatial distribution and current state of tree AGB was validated against AGB field data, AGB extracted from Landsat satellite data and a high spatial resolution image with distinctive trees visible. The simulation results are indicating differences in tree AGB dynamics plot wise, depending on the distance to the current treeline. The simulated tree AGB dynamics are in concordance with fundamental ecological (emigrational and successional) processes: tree stand formation in simulated results starts with seed dispersion, tree stand establishment, tree stand densification and episodic thinning. Our results suggest mostly densification of existing tree stands in the study region within the current century in the study region and a lagged forest expansion (up to 39% of total area in the RCP 8.5) under all considered climate scenarios without cooling in different local areas depending on the closeness to the current treeline. In scenarios with cooling air temperature after 2300 CE, forests stopped expanding at 2300 CE (up to 10%, RCP 8.5) and then gradually retreated to their pre-21st century position. The average tree AGB rates of increase are the strongest in the first 300 years of the 21st century. The rates depend on the RCP scenario, where the highest are as expected under RCP 8.5. Overall, this interdisciplinary thesis shows a successful integration of field data, satellite data and modelling for tracking recent and predicting future vegetation changes in mountainous subarctic regions. The obtained results are unique for the focus area in central Chukotka and overall, for mountainous high latitude ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Potsdam, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Contents Abbreviations Motivation 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.2 Study region 1.3 Aims and objectives 2 Materials and methods 3.1 Section 4 - Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 3.2 Section 5 - Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing 3.3 Section 6 - Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI 4 Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Field data collection and processing 2.2 Landsat data, pre-processing and spectral indices processing 2.3 Redundancy analysis (RDA) and classification approaches 3 Results 3.1 General characteristics of the vegetation field data 3.2 Relating field data to Landsat spectral indices in the RDA model 3.3 Land-cover classification 3.4 Land-cover change between 2000 and 2017 4 Discussion 4.1 Dataset limitations and optimisation 4.2 Vegetation changes from 2000/2001/2002 to 2016/2017 Conclusions Acknowledgements Data availability statement References Appendix A. Detailed description of Landsat acquisitions Appendix B. MODIS NDVI time series from 2000 to 2018 Appendix C. Landsat Indices values for each analysed vegetation site Appendix D. Fuzzy c-means classification for interpretation of uncertainties for land-cover mapping Appendix E. Validation of land-cover maps Appendix F. K-means classification results Appendix G. Heterogeneity of natural landscapes and mixed pixels of satellite data Appendix H. Distribution of land-cover classes and their changes by study area 5 Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region and field surveys 2.2 Above-ground biomass upscaling and change derivation 3 Results 3.1 Vegetation composition and above-ground biomass 3.2 Upscaling above-ground biomass using GAM 3.3 Change of above-ground biomass between 2000 and 2017 in the four focus areas 4 Discussion 4.1 Recent state of above-ground biomass at the field sites 4.2 Recent state of above-ground biomass upscaled for central Chukotka 4.3 Change in above-ground biomass within the investigated 15–16 years in central Chukotka 5 Conclusions Data availability statement Author contributions Competing interests Acknowledgements References Appendix A. Sampling and above-ground biomass (AGB) calculation protocol for field data 6 Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region 2.2 LAVESI model setup, parameterisation, and validation 2.2.4 LAVESI simulation setup for this study 2.2.5 Validation of the model’s performance 3 Results 3.1 Dynamics and spatial distribution changes of tree above-ground-biomass 3.2 Spatial and temporal validation of the contemporary larch AGB 4 Discussion 4.1 Future dynamics of tree AGB at a plot level 4.2 What are the future dynamics of tree AGB at the landscape level? 5 Conclusions Data availability Acknowledgements References Appendix B. Permutation tests for tree presence versus topographical parameters Appendix C. Landsat-based, field, and simulated estimations of larch above-ground biomass (AGB). 7 Synthesis 7.1 What changes in vegetation composition have happened from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.2 How have the above-ground biomass (AGB) distribution and rates changed from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.3 What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming centuries in the northern tundra-taiga from 2020 to 3000 CE on the plot level and landscape level? References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95073
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is changing rapidly and permafrost is thawing. Especially ice-rich permafrost, such as the late Pleistocene Yedoma, is vulnerable to rapid and deep thaw processes such as surface subsidence after the melting of ground ice. Due to permafrost thaw, the permafrost carbon pool is becoming increasingly accessible to microbes, leading to increased greenhouse gas emissions, which enhances the climate warming. The assessment of the molecular structure and biodegradability of permafrost organic matter (OM) is highly needed. My research revolves around the question “how does permafrost thaw affect its OM storage?” More specifically, I assessed (1) how molecular biomarkers can be applied to characterize permafrost OM, (2) greenhouse gas production rates from thawing permafrost, and (3) the quality of OM of frozen and (previously) thawed sediments. I studied deep (max. 55 m) Yedoma and thawed Yedoma permafrost sediments from Yakutia (Sakha Republic). I analyzed sediment cores taken below thermokarst lakes on the Bykovsky Peninsula (southeast of the Lena Delta) and in the Yukechi Alas (Central Yakutia), and headwall samples from the permafrost cliff Sobo-Sise (Lena Delta) and the retrogressive thaw slump Batagay (Yana Uplands). I measured biomarker concentrations of all sediment samples. Furthermore, I carried out incubation experiments to quantify greenhouse gas production in thawing permafrost. I showed that the biomarker proxies are useful to assess the source of the OM and to distinguish between OM derived from terrestrial higher plants, aquatic plants and microbial activity. In addition, I showed that some proxies help to assess the degree of degradation of permafrost OM, especially when combined with sedimentological data in a multi-proxy approach. The OM of Yedoma is generally better preserved than that of thawed Yedoma sediments. The greenhouse gas production was highest in the permafrost sediments that thawed for the first time, meaning that the frozen Yedoma sediments contained most labile OM. Furthermore, I showed that the methanogenic communities had established in the recently thawed sediments, but not yet in the still-frozen sediments. My research provided the first molecular biomarker distributions and organic carbon turnover data as well as insights in the state and processes in deep frozen and thawed Yedoma sediments. These findings show the relevance of studying OM in deep permafrost sediments.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiii, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Samenvatting Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Aims and research questions 1.3 Scientific background 1.3.1 The Arctic in a changing climate 1.3.2 Northern Hemisphere permafrost region 1.3.3 Permafrost degradation 1.3.3.1 Thermokarst development 1.3.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 1.3.4 Organic matter in permafrost deposits 1.4 Material and methods 1.4.1 Study sites 1.4.2 Main laboratory methods 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications 1.6.1 Publication “n-Alkane Characteristics of Thawed Permafrost Deposits Below a Thermokarst Lake on Bykovsky Peninsula, Northeastern Siberia” 1.6.2 Publication “Greenhouse gas production and lipid biomarker distribution in Yedoma and Alas thermokarst lake sediments in Eastern Siberia” 1.6.3 Publication “Organic matter characteristics of a rapidly eroding permafrost cliff in NE Siberia (Lena Delta, Laptev Sea region)” 1.6.4 Publication “Molecular biomarkers in Batagay megaslump permafrost deposits reveal clear differences in organic matter preservation between glacial and interglacial periods” 1.6.5 Contributions to complementary research 2 Bykovsky Peninsula 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 Laboratory analyses 2.4.2.1 Biomarker analysis 2.4.2.2 Biomarker indices 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Bulk sediment 2.5.1.1 Long core PG2412 2.5.1.2 Short core PG2420 2.5.2 Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 n-Alkane distributions 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Depositional history at the study site 2.6.1.1 Unit I - Early Weichselian fluvial sedimentation 2.6.1.2 Unit II – Yedoma deposition in wetland landscapes dominated by low-centered polygons 2.6.1.3 Unit III/Unit A – Yedoma deposition under cold-dry conditions during the Late Weichselian 2.6.1.4 Unit IV/Unit B – Holocene thermokarst lake formation and lacustrine sedimentation 2.6.2 Organic matter degradation 2.7 Conclusion 2.8 Acknowledgements 3 Yukechi Alas 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods and materials 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field work 3.3.3 Laboratory analyses 3.3.3.1 Organic carbon content 3.3.3.2 Lipid biomarkers 3.3.4 Incubations 3.3.5 Statistical analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Organic matter characteristics 3.4.1.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.1.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.4.2.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.2.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2.3 Carbon mineralization 3.4.3 Statistical correlation and regression 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Organic matter degradation potential 3.5.1.1 Organic carbon quantity 3.5.1.2 Organic matter preservation and talik formation 3.5.1.3 Presence of methanogenic communities 3.5.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.5.2.1 Carbon dioxide production 3.5.2.2 Methane production 3.5.3 GHG links with other parameters and outlook 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Sobo-Sise cliff 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Fieldwork 4.4.2 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.4.3 Lipid biomarkers 4.4.3.1 Extraction and fraction separation 4.4.3.2 GC-MS measurements and compound quantification 4.4.4 Biomarker indices 4.4.4.1 Average Chain Length 4.4.4.2 Carbon Preference Index 4.4.4.3 Higher Plant Fatty Acids 4.4.5 Data analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.5.2 Biomarkers 4.5.2.1 n-Alkanes 4.5.2.2 Fatty acids 4.5.3 Clustering 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Terrestrial depositional environment 4.6.1.1 Organic matter source 4.6.1.2 Organic matter quality 4.6.2 Implications and outlook 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Batagay thaw slump 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Sample collection 5.4.2 Laboratory analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Detected biomolecules 5.5.2 Lower Ice Complex 5.5.3 Lower Sand Unit 5.5.4 Woody Layer 5.5.5 Upper Ice Complex - Yedoma 5.5.6 Holocene Cover 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Biogeochemical legacy of glacial periods 5.6.2 Biogeochemical legacy of interglacial periods 5.6.3 Modern organic matter mobilization in the Batagay megaslump 5.7 Conclusion 5.8 Acknowledgements 6 Synthesis 6.1 Lipid biomarkers to characterize permafrost organic matter 6.1.1 Organic matter source 6.1.2 Organic matter quality 6.2 Mobilization of organic matter in thawing permafrost 6.2.1 Methane production vs. emission 6.2.2 Using the data in models 6.2.3 Transport of OM into aquatic systems 6.3 Recommendations for future research References Appendix A Supporting information for Chapter 2 Appendix B Supporting information for Chapter 3 Appendix C Supporting information for Chapter 4 Appendix D Supporting information for Chapter 5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94845
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 22
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the main enigmas of Easter Island’s (Rapa Nui, in the Polynesian language) prehistory from the time of initial settlement to European contact with a multidisciplinary perspective. The main topics include: (i) the time of first settlement and the origin of the first settlers; (ii) the main features of prehistoric Rapanui culture and their changes; (iii) the deforestation of the island and its timing and causes; (iv) the extinction of the indigenous biota, (v) the occurrence of climatic shifts and their potential effects on socioecological trends; (vi) the evidence for a cultural and demographic collapse before European contact; and (vii) the influence of Europeans on prehistoric Rapanui society. The book is subdivided into thematic sections and each chapter is written by renowned specialists in disciplines such as archaeology, anthropology, paleoecology, ethnography, linguistics, ethnobotany, phylogenetics/phylogeography and history. Contributors have been invited to provide an open and objective vision that includes as many views as possible on the topics considered. In this way, the readers may be able to compare different of points of view and make their own interpretations on each of the subjects considered. The book is intended for a wide audience including graduate students, advanced undergraduate students, university teachers and researchers interested in the subject. Given its multidisciplinary character and the topics included, the book is suitable for students and researchers from a wide range of disciplines and interests.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 628 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-91126-3
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 22
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson Transpacific Voyaging and Settlement Ex Oriente Lux: Amerindian Seafaring and Easter Island Contact Revisited / Atholl Anderson Commensals/Domesticates on Rapa Nui: What Can Their Phylogeographic Patterns Tell Us About the Discovery and Settlement of the Island? / Vicki A. Thomson, Michael Herrera, Jeremy J. Austin Sweet Potato on Rapa Nui: Insights from a Monographic Study of the Genus Ipomoea / Pablo Muñoz-Rodríguez, John R. I. Wood, Robert W. Scotland Pre-European Contact Sweet Potato (Ipomoea batatas) at Rapa Nui: Macrobotanical Evidence from Recent Excavations in Rano Raraku Quarry, Rapa Nui / Jo Anne Van Tilburg, Jennifer M. Huebert, Sarah C. Sherwood, Casey R. Barrier Anakena Re-visited: New Perspectives on Old Problems at Anakena, Rapa Nui / Paul Wallin, Helene Martinsson-Wallin The Ancient Rapanui Culture A Behavioral Assessment of Refuge Caves (ana kionga) on Rapa Nui / Christopher Stevenson, José Miguel Ramrez-Aliaga, Juan Gongalves Borrega Vinapū Area Re-visited / Helene Martinsson-Wallin Undelivered Moai or Unidentified Monument? / Nicolas Cauwe, Morgan De Dapper Platforms in Motion: A Genealogical Architecture / Nicolas Cauwe Climatic and Environmental Change Climatology of Rapa Nui (Isla de Pascua, Easter Island) / Raymond S. Bradley, William J. D’Andrea, Henry F. Diaz, Liang Ning Prehistoric Paleoecology of Easter Island / Valentí Rull Geological and Climatic Features, Processes and Interplay Determining the Human Occupation and Habitation of Easter Island / Alberto Sáez, Olga Margalef, Laura Becerril, Christian Herrera, James Goff, Sergi Pla-Rabes et al. Deforestation and Extinctions The Flora and Vegetation of Easter Island: Past and Present / Georg Zizka, Alexander Zizka Palms for the Archaeologist / Daniel W. Ingersoll Jr., Kathleen B. Ingersoll, Fred W. Stauffer Spatio-Temporal Patterns of Deforestation, Settlement, and Land Use on Easter Island Prior to European Arrivals / Peter Steiglechner, Agostino Merico Economic Causes and Consequences of Deforestation on Easter Island / James A. Brander Palm Forest to Gardens and Grassland: A Study of Environmental and Geomorphological Changes of the Te Niu, Rapa Nui Landscape / Joan A. Wozniak Collapse or Resilience? Environmental Change and Cultural Continuity: Extraordinary Achievements of the Rapanui Society after Deforestation / Andreas Mieth, Annette Kühlem, Burkhard Vogt, Hans-Rudolf Bork Ecology Limits Population, But Interaction with Culture Defines It: Carrying Capacity on Rapa Nui / Cedric O. Puleston, Thegn N. Ladefoged Population Principles, Climate Change, and the “Collapse” of the Rapa Nui Society / Mauricio Lima, Eugenia M. Gayo, Sergio A. Estay, Nils Chr. Stenseth Claims and Evidence in the Population History of Rapa Nui (Easter Island) / Carl P. Lipo, Robert J. DiNapoli, Terry L. Hunt European Contact The Human Giants of Easter Island (Rapa Nui) / Jan J. Boersema Synthesis Towards a Holistic Approach to Easter Island’s Prehistory / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94853
    Description / Table of Contents: This multidisciplinary book discusses the manifold challenges arctic marine and terrestrial wildlife, ecosystems and people face these times. Major health threats caused by the consequences of climate change, environmental pollution and increasing tourism in northern regions around the globe are explored. The most common infectious diseases in wild and domesticated arctic animals are reviewed and the impact they could have on circumpolar ecosystems as well as on the lives of arctic people are profoundly discussed. Moreover, the book reviews arctic hunting, herding and food conservation strategies and introduces veterinary medicine in remote indigenous communities. "Arctic One Health" is authored by experts based in arctic regions spanning from North America over Europe to Asia to cover a broad range of topics and perspectives. The book addresses researchers in Veterinary Medicine, Ecology, Microbiology and Anthropology. The book contributes towards achieving the UN Sustainable Developmental Goals, in particular SDG 15, Life on Land.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 573 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-87852-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction The Arctic Region and Its Inhabitants / Anastasia Emelyanova A Holistic Approach to One Health in the Arctic / Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz, Tessa Baker Seasonal Animal Migrations and the Arctic: Ecology, Diversity, and Spread of Infectious Agents / Øystein Varpe, Silke Bauer Part II Major Health Threats to Arctic Animals and People Climate Change in Northern Regions / Bob van Oort, Marianne Tronstad Lund, Anouk Brisebois Loss of Untouched Land / Roland Pape Arctic Ecosystems, Wildlife and Man: Threats from Persistent Organic Pollutants and Mercury / Christian Sonne, Robert James Letcher, Bjørn Munro Jenssen, Rune Dietz Oil Spills in the Arctic / Sadie K. Wright, Sarah Allan, Sarah M. Wilkin, Michael Ziccardi Nuclear Radiation / Birgitta Åhman Part III Arctic Zoonoses: Diseases Transmitted from Animals to Man Rabies in the Arctic / Karsten Hueffer, Morten Tryland, Svetlana Dresvyanikova Brucellosis in the Arctic and Northern Regions / Xavier Fernandez Aguilar, Ingebjørg H. Nymo, Kimberlee Beckmen, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova, Susan Kutz Anthrax in the North / Karsten Hueffer, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova Cystic and Alveolar Echinococcosis Caused by Echinococcus canadensis and E. multilocularis in the Arctic / Temitope U. Kolapo, Antti Oksanen, Rebecca Davidson, Emily J. Jenkins Toxoplasmosis in Northern Regions / Émilie Bouchard, Pikka Jokelainen, Rajnish Sharma, Heather Fenton, Emily J. Jenkins Trichinella spp. in the North / Rajnish Sharma, Edoardo Pozio, Émilie Bouchard, Emily J. Jenkins Cryptosporidiosis and Giardiosis in the Arctic: Increasing Threats in a Warmer World? / Lucy J. Robertson, John J. Debenham Erysipelas in Arctic and Northern Regions / Fabien Mavrot, O. Alejandro Aleuy, Taya Forde, Susan J. Kutz Tularemia in the Arctic / Cristina M. Hansen, Svetlana Dresvyannikova Orthohantaviruses in the Arctic: Present and Future / Frauke Ecke, Magnus Magnusson, Barbara A. Han, Magnus Evander Zoonotic Marine Helminths: Anisakid Nematodes and Diphyllobothriid Cestodes / Heather Fenton Parapoxvirus Infections in Northern Species and Populations / Morten Tryland Part IV Harvesting the Arctic: Potential Health Threats for Arctic People Hunting with Lead Ammunition: A One Health Perspective / Jon M. Arnemo, Boris Fuchs, Christian Sonne, Sigbjørn Stokke Traditional Conservation Methods and Food Habits in the Arctic / Raphaela Stimmelmayr, Gay Sheffield Part V Working with Arctic Communities Wildlife Health Surveillance in the Arctic / Sylvia L. Checkley, Matilde Tomaselli, Nigel Caulkett Dogs and People: Providing Veterinary Services to Remote Arctic Communities / Tessa Baker, Laurie Meythaler-Mullins, Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz Semi-Domesticated Reindeer, Health, and Animal Welfare / Morten Tryland
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-95014
    Description / Table of Contents: The deciduous needle tree larch (Larix Mill.) covers more than 80% of the Asian boreal forests. Only a few Larix species constitute the vast forests and these species differ markedly in their ecological traits, most importantly in their ability to grow on and stabilize underlying permafrost. The pronounced dominance of the summergreen larches makes the Asian boreal forests unique, as the rest of the northern hemisphere boreal forests is almost exclusively dominated by evergreen needle-leaf forests. Global warming is impacting the whole world but is especially pronounced in the arctic and boreal regions. Although adapted to extreme climatic conditions, larch forests are sensitive to varying climatic conditions. By their sheer size, changes in Asian larch forests as range shifts or changes in species composition and the resulting vegetation-climate feedbacks are of global relevance. It is however still uncertain if larch forests will persist under the ongoing warming climate or if they will be replaced by evergreen forests. It is therefore of great importance to understand how these ecosystems will react to future climate warmings and if they will maintain their dominance. One step in the better understanding of larch dynamics is to study how the vast dominant forests developed and why they only established in northern Asia. A second step is to study how the species reacted to past changes in the climate. The first objective of this thesis was to review and identify factors promoting Asian larch dominance. I achieved this by synthesizing and comparing reported larch occurrences and influencing components on the northern hemisphere continents in the present and in the past. The second objective was to find a possibility to directly study past Larix populations in Siberia and specifically their genetic variation, enabling the study of geographic movements. For this, I established chloroplast enrichment by hybridization capture from sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) isolated from lake sediment records. The third objective was to use the established method to track past larch populations, their glacial refugia during the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) around 21,000 years before present (ka BP), and their post-glacial migration patterns. To study larch promoting factors, I compared the present state of larch species ranges, areas of dominance, their bioclimatic niches, and the distribution on different extents and thaw depths of permafrost. The species comparison showed that the bioclimatic niches greatly overlap between the American and Asian species and that it is only in the extremely continental climates in which only the Asian larch species can persist. I revealed that the area of dominance is strongly connected to permafrost extent but less linked to permafrost seasonal thaw depths. Comparisons of the paleorecord of larch between the continents suggest differences in the recolonization history. Outside of northern Asia and Alaska, glacial refugial populations of larch were confined to the southern regions and thus recolonization could only occur as migration from south to north. Alaskan larch populations could not establish wide-range dominant forest which could be related to their own genetically depletion as separated refugial population. In Asia, it is still unclear whether or not the northern refugial populations contributed and enhanced the postglacial colonization or whether they were replaced by populations invading from the south in the course of climate warming. Asian larch dominance is thus promoted partly by adaptions to extremely continental climates and by adaptations to grow on continuous permafrost but could be also connected to differences in glacial survival and recolonization history of Larix species. Except for extremely rare macrofossil findings of fossilized cones, traditional methods to study past vegetation are not able to distinguish between larch species or populations. Within the scope of this thesis, I therefore established a method to retrieve genetic information of past larch populations to distinguish between species. Using the Larix chloroplast genome as target, I successfully applied the method of DNA target enrichment by hybridization capture on sedaDNA samples from lake records and showed that it is able to distinguish between larch species. I then used the method on samples from lake records from across Siberia dating back up to 50 ka BP. The results allowed me to address the question of glacial survival and post-glacial recolonization mode in Siberian larch species. The analyzed pattern showed that LGM refugia were almost exclusively constituted by L. gmelinii, even in sites of current L. sibirica distribution. For included study sites, L. sibirica migrated into its extant northern distribution area only in the Holocene. Consequently, the post-glacial recolonization of L. sibirica was not enhanced by northern glacial refugia. In case of sites in extant distribution area of L. gmelinii, the absence of a genetic turn-over point to a continuous population rather than an invasion of southern refugia. The results suggest that climate has a strong influence on the distribution of Larix species and that species may also respond differently to future climate warming. Because species differ in their ecological characteristics, species distribution is also relevant with respect to further feedbacks between vegetation and climate. With this thesis, I give an overview of present and past larch occurrences and evaluate which factors promote their dominance. Furthermore, I provide the tools to study past Larix species and give first important insights into the glacial history of Larix populations.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Larix forests in a changing climate 1.2 The genus Larix 1.3 Larix distribution in the world and their dominance in northern Asia 1.4 Methods to study past species dynamics 1.4.1 Modern genetic marker studies 1.4.2 Lake sediments as archives of the past 1.4.3 Pollen and macrofossils 1.4.4 Metabarcoding of sedimentary ancient DNA 1.4.5 Metagenomic shotgun sequencing 1.4.6 Target enrichment by hybridization capture 1.5 Thesis Objectives 1.6 Thesis outline & author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and methods 2.3.1 Bioclimatic limits 2.3.2 Pollen, macrofossil, and DNA datasets 2.3.3 Ice sheets 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Bioclimatic limits of Larix and its distribution on permafrost 2.4.2 Glacial occurrence patterns of Larix 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Are differences in species bioclimatic limits responsible for disparity in Larix distribution across continents? 2.5.2 Do high latitude glacial refugia guarantee larch dominance? 2.5.3 What role does postglacial migration play in larch dominance? 2.5.4 Fire as an additional factor 2.5.5 Outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Author contributions 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Sample material 3.3.2 Laboratory work 3.3.3 Data analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the shotgun and hybridization capture data sets 3.4.2 Ancient DNA authenticity 3.4.3 Retrieval of the Larix chloroplast genome 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Taxonomic classification—conservative approach results in low numbers of assignment 3.5.2 Target enrichment success—Larix reads increased by orders of magnitude along with other taxonomic groups 3.5.3 Complete retrieval of ancient Larix chloroplast genomes 3.5.4 Larix sibirica variants present over time 3.5.5 Larch forest decline over the last 7000 years 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgments 3.8 Author contributions 3.9 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results & Discussion 4.3.1 Chloroplast and repetitive DNA enrichment in the sedaDNA samples 4.3.2 A wider pre-glacial distribution of L. sibirica 4.3.3 Larix gmelinii formed northern LGM refugia across Siberia 4.3.4 Postglacial colonization history - differences among larch species 4.3.5 Environment likely plays a more important role than biogeography 4.4 Conclusion 4.5 Material & methods 4.5.1 Sample material 4.5.2 Sequence data analysis 4.6 Data availability 4.7 Acknowledgments 4.8 Author contributions 4.9 References 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Hybridization capture is a well-suited method to study ancient species dynamics 5.1.1 Advantages and limitations of shotgun sequencing 5.1.2 Successful hybridization capture enrichment using chloroplast DNA 5.1.3 Challenges in single-copy target enrichment 5.1.4 Limitations and potentials to improve sedaDNA capture studies 5.2 Factors promoting Asian larch dominance 5.3 Drivers of Larix species distribution 5.3.1 Implications for larch forests under climate warming 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.3.1 Material and Methods 7.3.2 Additional Results & Discussions 7.3.3 References Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95167
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic nearshore zone plays a key role in the carbon cycle. Organic-rich sediments get eroded off permafrost affected coastlines and can be directly transferred to the nearshore zone. Permafrost in the Arctic stores a high amount of organic matter and is vulnerable to thermo-erosion, which is expected to increase due to climate change. This will likely result in higher sediment loads in nearshore waters and has the potential to alter local ecosystems by limiting light transmission into the water column, thus limiting primary production to the top-most part of it, and increasing nutrient export from coastal erosion. Greater organic matter input could result in the release of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Climate change also acts upon the fluvial system, leading to greater discharge to the nearshore zone. It leads to decreasing sea-ice cover as well, which will both increase wave energy and lengthen the open-water season. Yet, knowledge on these processes and the resulting impact on the nearshore zone is scarce, because access to and instrument deployment in the nearshore zone is challenging. Remote sensing can alleviate these issues in providing rapid data delivery in otherwise non-accessible areas. However, the waters in the Arctic nearshore zone are optically complex, with multiple influencing factors, such as organic rich suspended sediments, colored dissolved organic matter (cDOM), and phytoplankton. The goal of this dissertation was to use remotely sensed imagery to monitor processes related to turbidity caused by suspended sediments in the Arctic nearshore zone. In-situ measurements of water-leaving reflectance and surface water turbidity were used to calibrate a semi-empirical algorithm which relates turbidity from satellite imagery. Based on this algorithm and ancillary ocean and climate variables, the mechanisms underpinning nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were identified at a resolution not achieved before. The calibration of the Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) was based on in-situ measurements from the coastal and inner-shelf waters around Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (HIQ) in the western Canadian Arctic from the summer seasons 2018 and 2019. It performed better than existing algorithms, developed for global applications, in relating turbidity from remotely sensed imagery. These existing algorithms were lacking validation data from permafrost affected waters, and were thus not able to reflect the complexity of Arctic nearshore waters. The ANTA has a higher sensitivity towards the lowest turbidity values, which is an asset for identifying sediment pathways in the nearshore zone. Its transferability to areas beyond HIQ was successfully demonstrated using turbidity measurements matching satellite image recordings from Adventfjorden, Svalbard. The ANTA is a powerful tool that provides robust turbidity estimations in a variety of Arctic nearshore environments. Drivers of nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were analyzed by combining ANTA results from the summer season 2019 from HIQ with ocean and climate variables obtained from the weather station at HIQ, the ERA5 reanalysis database, and the Mackenzie River discharge. ERA5 reanalysis data were obtained as domain averages over the Canadian Beaufort Shelf. Nearshore turbidity was linearly correlated to wind speed, significant wave height and wave period. Interestingly, nearshore turbidity was only correlated to wind speed at the shelf, but not to the in-situ measurements from the weather station at HIQ. This shows that nearshore turbidity, albeit being of limited spatial extent, gets influenced by the weather conditions multiple kilometers away, rather than in its direct vicinity. The large influence of wave energy on nearshore turbidity indicates that freshly eroded material off the coast is a major contributor to the nearshore sediment load. This contrasts results from the temperate and tropical oceans, where tides and currents are the major drivers of nearshore turbidity. The Mackenzie River discharge was not identified as a driver of nearshore turbidity in 2019, however, the analysis of 30 years of Landsat archive imagery from 1986 to 2016 suggests a direct link between the prevailing wind direction, which heavily influences the Mackenzie River plume extent, and nearshore turbidity around HIQ. This discrepancy could be caused by the abnormal discharge behavior of the Mackenzie River in 2019. This dissertation has substantially advanced the understanding of suspended sediment processes in the Arctic nearshore zone and provided new monitoring tools for future studies. The presented results will help to understand the role of the Arctic nearshore zone in the carbon cycle under a changing climate.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, ii, 85, xvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 (kumulative Dissertation) , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Allgemeinverständliche Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Funding Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 The Arctic Nearshore Zone 1.1.3 Ocean Color Remote Sensing 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Area 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Field Sampling 1.4.2 Data Processing 1.4.3 Satellite Imagery Processing 1.5 Thesis Structure 1.6 Author Contributions Chapter 2 Long-Term High-Resolution Sediment and Sea Surface Temperature Spatial Patterns in Arctic Nearshore Waters retrived using 30-year Landsat Archive Imagery 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and Methods 2.3.1 Regional Setting 2.3.2 Landsat Images Acquisition and Processing 2.3.3 Landsat Turbidity Retrieval 2.3.4 Transects in the nearshore zone 2.3.5 Wind Data 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Brightness Temperature 2.4.2 Surface Reflectance and Turbidity Mapping 2.4.3 Gradients in the nearshore zone 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusion Appendix A Chapter 3 The Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) - A Multi Sensor Turbidity Algorithm for Arctic Nearshore Environments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Regional setting 3.3.2 In-situ sampling 3.3.3 Optical data processing 3.3.4 Algorithm tuning 3.3.5 Satellite imagery processing 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Turbidity and SPM 3.4.2 ANTA performance 3.4.3 Comparison with the Dogliotti et al., (2015) algorithm 3.4.4 Test and transfer of the ANTA 3.5 Conclusion Chapter 4 Drivers of Turbidity and its Seasonal Variability in the Nearshore Zone of Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (western Canadian Arctic) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Satellite Imagery 4.3.3 In-situ data 4.3.4 Reanalysis data 4.4 Results and Discussion 4.4.1 Time Series Analysis 4.4.2 Drivers of turbidity 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5 Synthesis 5.1 Applicability of Remote Sensing Algorithms in the Arctic Nearshore Zone 5.2 Drivers of Nearshore Turbidity 5.3 Spatial Variations of Nearshore Turbidity 5.4 Challenges and Outlook List of Acronyms Bibliography Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: AWI P5-23-95149
    Description / Table of Contents: Weniger als 25 Jahre geben Forscher*innen ihm noch, dann wird es soweit sein: Bis 2050 wird das Eis der Arktis abschmelzen, und unser Planet, den Generationen nur mit von ewigem Eis bedeckten Polkappen kennen, wird sich für immer verändern. Welche Folgen wird das Schwinden des Eises für die Menschheit haben? Wie wirkt es sich auf das Klima, die Meere und unser Wetter aus? Wer den Klimawandel wirklich verstehen will, sollte den Blick auf die Polarregionen richten, um zu erkennen, was sie für unser Klima in Mitteleuropa bedeuten und wie sie sich und damit auch unseren Alltag verändern. Stefanie Arndt lässt ihre Leser*innen die entlegensten Regionen dieser Erde durch ihre Augen sehen. Sie erzählt von den tiefgreifenden Veränderungen, die sie auf ihren Expeditionen mit der Polarstern beobachten konnte, von ihrer Arbeit als Polarforscherin und von der zarten Schönheit eines schwindenden Lebensraums. Was so fern scheint, rückt plötzlich ganz nahe: Können wir die unumkehrbaren Auswirkungen, die ein Abschmelzen der Polkappen nach sich zöge, noch aufhalten? Und wenn ja: Wie?
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 221 Seiten, 16 ungezählte Bildtafelseiten , Illustrationen, 2 Karten , 21 cm x 13.5 cm
    Edition: Originalausgabe
    ISBN: 9783499008665 , 978-3-499-00866-5 , 3499008661
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Faszination Eis Teil I - Eine dünne Hülle Heute -42 °C in der Arktis Ein Regenwald am Südpol Mit dem Wind um die Welt In der Wüste Teil II - Das Ende des Eises Expeditionen zu den Eisschilden unserer Erde Unterwegs auf dem Meereis der Arktis Das unsichtbare Eis der Erde Teil III - Ein neuer Ozean Die Weltreise der Enten The Day After Tomorrow Nur ein paar Zentimeter? Das Meer wird sauer Teil IV - Belebte Pole Unter dem Meer Unterwegs auf dünnem Eis Das große Kuscheln Der Klang des Ozeans Generation Zukunft Dank Nachtrag Quellen Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94766
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic-boreal treeline is a transition zone from taiga to tundra covering a vast area in Siberia. It often features large environmental gradients and reacts sensitively to changes in the environment. For example, the expansion of shrubs and a northward movement of the treeline are observable in Siberia as a response to the warming climate. The changes in vegetation across the treeline are known to influence the water chemistry in the lakes. This causes further alteration to the composition and diversity of sensitive aquatic organisms such as diatoms and macrophytes. Despite the rising awareness of the complex climate-feedback mechanisms of terrestrial plants, the understanding of their assembly rules and about responses of aquatic biomes in the surrounding treeline lakes is still limited. The goal of this thesis is to examine the previous and present biodiversity of terrestrial and freshwater biomes from the Siberian treeline ecotone, as well as their reactions to environmental changes. In particular, this thesis attempts to ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 132 Blätter , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 Scientific background 1.1 Motivation 1.2 The arctic-boreal ecotone in time and space 1.2.1 Terrestrial plants composition and biodiversity 1.2.2. Lake macrophytes and diatoms 1.3 Sedimentary DNA metabarcoding as an ecologicalproxy 1.4 Study area 1.5 Objectives of the thesis 1.6 Methods 1.7 Thesis organizations 1.7.1 Manuscripts and chapters 1.7.2 Non-finalized research 1.7.2 Author contributions 2 Manuscript I: Genetic and morphological diatom composition in surface sediments from glacial and thermokarst lakes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Sampling and collection of environmental data 2.3.2 Diatom genetic assessment 2.3.3 Raw sequence processing and taxonomic assignment 2.3.4 Morphological diatom identification 2.3.5 Statistical analyses 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Genetic-based diatom composition, diversityand diatom-environment relationship 2.4.2 Morphological-based diatom composition, diversity and diatom-environment relationship 2.4.3 Comparison of spatial diatom patterns obtained from the genetic and morphological approaches 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Genetic and morphological diatom composition and diversity 2.5.2 Diatom composition is affected by lake type and lake water parameters 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgments 3 Manuscript II: Plant sedimentary ancient DNA from Far East Russia covering the last 28 ka reveals different assembly rules in cold and warm climates 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Sampling and dating 3.3.3 Genetic laboratory works 3.3.4 Processing the sequence data 3.3.5 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the sequencing data and taxonomic composition 3.4.2 Taxonomic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.3 Phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.4 Relationship between taxonomic composition and phylogenetic diversity 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Vegetation history revealed by sedaDNA 3.5.2 Patterns oftaxonomic alpha diversity and their relationship to community composition 3.5.3 Relationship between richness and phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 4 Manuscript III: Sedimentary DNA identifies modem and past macrophyte diversity and its environmental drivers in high latitude and altitude lakes in Siberia and China 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materialsand Methods 4.3.1 Field sampling of surface and core samples 4.3.2 Environmental data 4.3.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4 Bioinformatic analyses 4.3.5 Statistical analyses 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Macrophyte diversity in surface sediments inferred from sedDNA 4.4.2 Relationship of modem macrophyte richness and environmental variables 4.4.3 The relationship between modem macrophyte community and environmental variables 4.4.4 Past macrophyte richness and composition inferred from sedaDNA 4.4.5 Past macrophyte compositional changes and its environmental drivers 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Retrieval of aquatic plant diversity using the tmL P6 loop plant DNA metabarcode 4.5.2 Modem macrophyte diversity and its relation to environmental factors 4.5.3 Temporal macrophyte diversity as an indicator for past environmental change 4.6 Conclusion 5 Synopsis 5.1 Potential and limitations of sedimentary DNA in the applied study 5.1.1 Sedimentary DNA is a powerful proxy 5.1.2 Limitations in sedimentary DNA 5.2 Spatial patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.2.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.2.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.2.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.3 Temporal patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.3.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.3.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.3.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.4 Outlooks and conclusions Appendices Appendix 1 for Manuscript I Appendix 2 for Manuscript II Appendix 3 for Manuscript III References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94767
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVIII, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figure List of tables List of abbreviation Chapter 1 1. Introduction 1.1 Research background 1.1.1 Response of mountain plant diversity to climate change 1.1.2 Response of Arctic vegetation composition and diversity to climate change 1.1.3 Understanding the critical mechanisms of community assembly are essential for sustaining ecosystem services 1.1.4 Pollen analysis as a traditional tool for representing palaeovegetation 1.1.5. Sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) is a useful tool for Quaternary ecology tracking 1.2 Study area 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Structure of the thesis 1.4.1 Overview of the chapter 1.4.2 Author's contributions 1.4.3 Methods Chapter 2 2 Manuscript 1: Sedimentary ancient DNA reveals warming-induced alpine habitat loss threat to Tibetan Plateau plant diversity 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Results and discussion 2.4 Methods 2.5 Acknowledgements · Chapter 3 3 Manuscript 2: Holocene vegetation and plant diversity changes in the north-eastern Siberian treeline region from pollen and sedimentary ancient DNA 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Lake sediment cores and subsampling 3.3.3 Dating 3.3.4 Pollen analysis 3.3.5 DNA extraction and amplification 3.3.6 Sequencing filtering and taxonomic assignment 3.3.7 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chronology 3.4.2 SedaDNA and pollen assemblages 3.4.3 Gradient analysis and correlation analysis 3.5 Discussion 3 .5.1 Contributions of pollen and sedaDNA to vegetation reconstruction and taxon richness 3.5.2 Variation in Holocene vegetation composition in the Omoloy area, north-eastern Siberia 3.5.3 SedaDNA-based plant diversity changes within lake catchments of the Omoloy region 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4 Manuscript 3: Vegetation reconstruction from Siberia and Tibetan Plateau using modern analogue technique - comparing sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) and pollen data 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Sites ofthe modern analogues 4.3.2 Sedimentary (ancient) DNA collection 4.3.3 Metabarcoding data processing and filtering 4.3.4 Pollen data collection 4.3.5 Numerical analysis 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Modern training-set, ROC curve analyses and AT results 4.4.2 Modern analogues for Lake Naleng and Omoloy lake II 4.4.3 Vegetation type reconstruction based on MAT 4.4.4 Projecting fossil samples in ordination space of modern assemblages 4.4.5 Comparing past and present intertaxa relationships 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Assessment of analogue quality using modem training-sets 4·5·2 Comparison of sed(a)DNA-based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Naleng, Tibetan Plateau 4.5.3 Comparison of sedDNA based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Omoloy, northern Siberia 4.6 Conclusions 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5 Manuscript 4: Terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem links on the Tibetan Plateau inferred from sedaDNA shotgun sequencin 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Results 5.4 Discussions 5.5 Methods 5.6 Acknowledgments Chapter 6 6 Synthesis 6.1 The ability of metabarcoding and metagenomic shotgun sequencing to reveal ecological community pattern 6.2 Driver of plant diversity change in high altitude and high latitudes 6.3 High-altitude and high-latitude vegetation type change 6.4 Past terrestrial and aquatic ecological change at ecosystem-scale 6.5 Conclusions and outlook Appendix 1 Appendix-1 Materials for Manuscript #1 1.1 Appendix discussion: Contamination in NTC6 2. Appendix-2 Materials for Manuscript #2 3. Appendix-3 Materials for Manuscript #3 4. Appendix-4 Materials for Manuscript #4 References Eidesstattliche Erklarung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94155
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: AWI G2-21-94671
    In: World ocean review, 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 336 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783866486973
    Series Statement: World ocean review 7
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Kapitel 1 Unsere Ozeane – Quelle des Lebens Kapitel Von der Bedeutung und der Endlichkeit der Meere Conclusio: Abschied von der Unendlichkeitsillusion Kapitel 2 Der Ozean im Klimawandel Die fatalen Folgen der Wärme Ein Angriff auf die Artenvielfalt Conclusio: Gradmesser Ozean Kapitel 3 Nahrung aus dem Meer Problemzone Fischerei Wachstumssektor Aquakultur Conclusio: Ein Nahrungslieferant am Limit Kapitel 4 Transporte über das Meer Die Schifffahrt am Scheideweg Conclusio: Eine Schlüsselbranche unter Druck Kapitel 5 Energie und Rohstoffe aus dem Meer Tiefseebergbau: Die Pläne nehmen Gestalt an Energiequelle Meer: Potenzial und Erwartungen Conclusio: Unsere Ozeane: voller Energie Kapitel 6 Die Verschmutzung der Meere Ein Problem gigantischen Ausmaßes Conclusio: Meere voller Müll und Schadstoffe Kapitel 7 Der Wettstreit um die genetische Vielfalt der Meere Wirkstoffe aus dem Meer Conclusio: Der Beginn einer goldenen Ära Kapitel 8 Anspruch und Wirklichkeit des Meeresmanagements Die Rechtsordnung der Ozeane Neue Ansätze des Meeresmanagement Der Ozean: Krisenschauplatz und Teil der Lösung Conclusio: Nachhaltiges Meeresmanagement – eine Herkulesaufgabe Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: AWI A11-22-94735
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the rate of near-surface warming in the Arctic is at least double than elsewhere on our planet (Arctic amplification). However, the relative contribution of different feedback processes to Arctic amplification is a topic of ongoing research, including the role of aerosol and clouds. Lidar systems are well-suited for the investigation of aerosol and optically-thin clouds as they provide vertically-resolved information on fine temporal scales. Global aerosol models fail to converge on the sign of the Arctic aerosol radiative effect (ARE). In the first part of this work, the optical and microphysical properties of Arctic aerosol were characterized at case study level in order to assess the short-wave (SW) ARE. A long-range transport episode was first investigated. Geometrically similar aerosol layers were captured over three locations. Although the aerosol size distribution was different between Fram Strait(bi-modal) and Ny-Ålesund (fine mono-modal), the atmospheric column ARE was similar. The latter was related to the domination of accumulation mode aerosol. Over both locations top of the atmosphere (TOA) warming was accompanied by surface cooling. Subsequently, the sensitivity of ARE was investigated with respect to different aerosol and spring-time ambient conditions. A 10% change in the single-scattering albedo (SSA) induced higher ARE perturbations compared to a 30% change in the aerosol extinction coefficient. With respect to ambient conditions, the ARETOA was more sensitive to solar elevation changes compared to AREsur f ace. Over dark surfaces the ARE profile was exclusively negative, while over bright surfaces a negative to positive shift occurred above the aerosol layers. Consequently, the sign of ARE can be highly sensitive in spring since this season is characterized by transitional surface albedo conditions. As the inversion of the aerosol microphysics is an ill-posed problem, the inferred aerosol size distribution of a low-tropospheric event was compared to the in-situ measured distribution. Both techniques revealed a bi-modal distribution, with good agreement in the total volume concentration. However, in terms of SSA a disagreement was found, with the lidar inversion indicating highly scattering particles and the in-situ measurements pointing to absorbing particles. The discrepancies could stem from assumptions in the inversion (e.g. wavelength-independent refractive index) and errors in the conversion of the in-situ measured light attenuation into absorption. Another source of discrepancy might be related to an incomplete capture of fine particles in the in-situ sensors. The disagreement in the most critical parameter for the Arctic ARE necessitates further exploration in the frame of aerosol closure experiments. Care must be taken in ARE modelling studies, which may use either the in-situ or lidar-derived SSA as input. Reliable characterization of cirrus geometrical and optical properties is necessary for improving their radiative estimates. In this respect, the detection of sub-visible cirrus is of special importance. The total cloud radiative effect (CRE) can be negatively biased, should only the optically-thin and opaque cirrus contributions are considered. To this end, a cirrus retrieval scheme was developed aiming at increased sensitivity to thin clouds. The cirrus detection was based on the wavelet covariance transform (WCT) method, extended by dynamic thresholds. The dynamic WCT exhibited high sensitivity to faint and thin cirrus layers (less than 200 m) that were partly or completely undetected by the existing static method. The optical characterization scheme extended the Klett–Fernald retrieval by an iterative lidar ratio (LR) determination (constrained Klett). The iterative process was constrained by a reference value, which indicated the aerosol concentration beneath the cirrus cloud. Contrary to existing approaches, the aerosol-free assumption was not adopted, but the aerosol conditions were approximated by an initial guess. The inherent uncertainties of the constrained Klett were higher for optically-thinner cirrus, but an overall good agreement was found with two established retrievals. Additionally, existing approaches, which rely on aerosol-free assumptions, presented increased accuracy when the proposed reference value was adopted. The constrained Klett retrieved reliably the optical properties in all cirrus regimes, including upper sub-visible cirrus with COD down to 0.02. Cirrus is the only cloud type capable of inducing TOA cooling or heating at daytime. Over the Arctic, however, the properties and CRE of cirrus are under-explored. In the final part of this work, long-term cirrus geometrical and optical properties were investigated for the first time over an Arctic site (Ny-Ålesund). To this end, the newly developed retrieval scheme was employed. Cirrus layers over Ny-Ålesund seemed to be more absorbing in the visible spectral region compared to lower latitudes and comprise relatively more spherical ice particles. Such meridional differences could be related to discrepancies in absolute humidity and ice nucleation mechanisms. The COD tended to decline for less spherical and smaller ice particles probably due to reduced water vapor deposition on the particle surface. The cirrus optical properties presented weak dependence on ambient temperature and wind conditions. Over the 10 years of the analysis, no clear temporal trend was found and the seasonal cycle was not pronounced. However, winter cirrus appeared under colder conditions and stronger winds. Moreover, they were optically-thicker, less absorbing and consisted of relatively more spherical ice particles. A positive CREnet was primarily revealed for a broad range of representative cloud properties and ambient conditions. Only for high COD (above 10) and over tundra a negative CREnet was estimated, which did not hold true over snow/ice surfaces. Consequently, the COD in combination with the surface albedo seem to play the most critical role in determining the CRE sign over the high European Arctic.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 136 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Motivation: Aerosol and cloud relevance to Arctic amplification 1.2 Theoretical background 1.2.1 Atmospheric aerosol 1.2.2 Aerosol in the Arctic 1.2.3 Cirrus clouds 1.3 Research questions 2 METHODS 2.1 lidar remote sensing techniqu 2.1.1 Elastic and Raman lidar equations 2.1.2 lidar signal corrections 2.1.3 Derivation of particle optical properties and related uncertainties 2.2 Lidar systems 2.2.1 Ground-based system KARL 2.2.2 Air-borne system AMALi 2.2.3 Space-borne system CALIOP 2.3 Ancillary instrumentation 2.3.1 Radiosondes 2.3.2 Sun-photometers 2.3.3 Radiation sensors 2.4 Modeling tools 2.4.1 Air mass backward trajectories 2.4.2 Aerosol microphysics retrieval algorithm 2.4.3 Radiative transfer model SCIATRAN 2.4.4 Multiple-scattering correction model 2.4.5 Simplified cloud radiative effect model 3 ARCTIC AEROSOL PROPERTIES AND RADIATIVE EFFECT (CASE STUDIES) 3.1 Aerosol in the upper troposphere (Spring) 3.1.1 Overview of aerosol observations and air mass origin 3.1.2 Modification of aerosol optical and microphysical properties 3.1.3 Aerosol radiative effect (ARE) 3.2 Sensitivities of the spring-time Arctic ARE 3.2.1 Sensitivity on aerosol related parameters 3.2.2 Sensitivity on ambient conditions 3.3 Aerosol in the lower troposphere (Winter) 3.3.1 Overview of remote sensing and in-situ measurements 3.3.2 Aerosol properties from the remote sensing perspective: KARL and CALIOP 3.3.3 Aerosol microphysical properties from in-situ and remote sensing perspectives 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions 4 DEVELOPMENT OF A CIRRUS CLOUD RETRIEVAL SCHEME 4.1 Fine-scale cirrus cloud detection 4.1.1 Selection of cirrus clouds 4.1.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform method 4.1.3 Revised detection method: Dynamic Wavelet Covariance Transform 4.2 Comparison of dynamic and static cirrus detection 4.3 Cirrus cloud optical retrievals 4.3.1 Existing cirrus optical retrievals: double-ended Klett and Raman 4.3.2 Temporal averaging within stationary periods 4.3.3 Revised optical retrieval: constrained Klett method 4.4 Comparison to established optical retrievals 4.5 How uncertainties in cirrus detection affect the optical retrievals? 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Limitations of cirrus retrieval schemes 4.6.2 Strengths of the revised retrieval scheme 4.7 Conclusions 5 LONG-TERM ANALYSIS OF ARCTIC CIRRUS CLOUD PROPERTIES 5.1 Overview of cirrus occurrence and meteorological conditions over Ny-Ålesund 5.2 Quality assurance of optical properties 5.2.1 Specular reflection effect 5.2.2 Investigation of extreme cirrus lidar ratio values 5.2.3 Multiple-scattering correction 5.3 Overview of cirrus optical properties over Ny-Ålesund 5.4 Inter-relations of cirrus properties 5.5 Dependence on meteorological conditions 5.5.1 Cirrus clouds in the tropopause 5.6 CRE estimation at TOA: sensitivity analysis 5.7 Conclusions 6 CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK A CIRRUS DETECTION SENSITIVITIES a.1 Wavelet Covariance Transform - dilation sensitivity a.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform - wavelength dependency B CIRRUS OPTICAL CHARACTERIZATION SENSITIVITIES b.1 Reference value accuracy and limitations b.2 Inherent uncertainties of constrained Klett C MULTIPLE-SCATTERING CORRECTION FOR CIRRUS CLOUDS D SEASONAL CIRRUS PROPERTIES: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94687
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost is warming globally, which leads to widespread permafrost thaw and impacts the surrounding landscapes, ecosystems and infrastructure. Especially ice-rich permafrost is vulnerable to rapid and abrupt thaw, resulting from the melting of excess ground ice. Local remote sensing studies have detected increasing rates of abrupt permafrost disturbances, such as thermokarst lake change and drainage, coastal erosion and RTS in the last two decades. All of which indicate an acceleration of permafrost degradation. In particular retrogressive thaw slumps (RTS) are abrupt disturbances that expand by up to several meters each year and impact local and regional topographic gradients, hydrological pathways, sediment and nutrient mobilisation into aquatic systems, and increased permafrost carbon mobilisation. The feedback between abrupt permafrost thaw and the carbon cycle is a crucial component of the Earth system and a relevant driver in global climate models. However, an assessment of RTS at high temporal resolution to determine the ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiv, 134 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Permafrost thaw and disturbances 1.1.3 Abrupt permafrost disturbances 1.1.4 Remote sensing 1.1.5 Remote sensing of permafrost disturbances 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Study area 1.4 General data and methods 1.4.1 Landsat and Sentinel-2 1.4.2 Google Earth Engine 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications and authors’ contribution 1.6.1 Chapter 2 - Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 1.6.2 Chapter 3 - Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 1.6.3 Chapter 4 - Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 2 Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Sites 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Data Processing 2.3.3.1 Filtering Image Collections 2.3.3.2 Creating L8, S2, and Site Masks 2.3.3.3 Preparing Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Images in SNAP 2.3.3.4 Applying Site Masks 2.3.4 Spectral Band Comparison and Adjustment 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Band Comparison 2.4.2 Spectral Band Adjustment 2.4.3 ES and HLS Spectral Band Adjustment 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Appendix Chapter 2 3 Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and Methods 3.3.1 Study Sites 3.3.2 Data 3.3.3 Data Processing and Mosaicking Workflow 3.3.4 Data Availability Assessment 3.3.5 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Data Availability Assessment 3.4.2 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 4 Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area and Methods 4.3.1 Study area 4.3.2 General workflow and ground truth data 4.3.3 Data and LandTrendr 4.3.4 Index selection 4.3.5 Temporal Segmentation 4.3.6 Spectral Filtering 4.3.7 Spatial masking and filtering 4.3.8 Machine-learning object filter 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Focus sites 4.4.2 North Siberia 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Mapping of RTS 4.5.2 Spatio-temporal variability of RTS dynamics 4.5.3 LT-LS2 capabilities and limitations 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Appendix 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Google Earth Engine 5.2 Landsat and Sentinel-2 5.3 Image mosaics and disturbance detection algorithm 5.4 Mapping RTS and their annual temporal dynamics 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings 5.7 Outlook References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94427
    Description / Table of Contents: Nur wenn sich unser Umgang mit Land grundlegend ändert, können die Klimaschutzziele erreicht, der dramatische Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt abgewendet und das globale Ernährungssystem nachhaltig gestaltet werden. Der WBGU schlägt in diesem Gutachten fünf exemplarische Mehrgewinnstrategien vor, um Konkurrenzen zwischen Nutzungsansprüchen zu überwinden. Diese sollten durch fünf Governance-Strategien vorangetrieben werden, darunter insbesondere die Setzung geeigneter Rahmenbedingungen, eine Neuorientierung der EU-Politik und die Errichtung von Gemeinschaften gleichgesinnter Staaten. „Der jüngste Bericht des WBGU mit dem Titel ‚Landwende im Anthropozän: Von der Konkurrenz zur Integration‘ macht deutlich, dass wir einen grundlegenden Wandel im Umgang mit Land benötigen, um den Klimawandel zu begrenzen, den Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt umzukehren und nachhaltige Ernährungssysteme zu schaffen. Gesundes Land ist endlich, aber Veränderungen im Verhalten von Konsumenten und Unternehmen, kombiniert mit besserer Landnutzungsplanung und Landmanagement, können dazu beitragen, die Nachfrage nach lebenswichtigen Gütern und Dienstleistungen zu befriedigen, ohne die Landressourcen zu gefährden. Dieser Bericht zeigt, wie durch besseres Landmanagement Klimaschutz gefördert, Ökosysteme geschützt und Ernährungssysteme nachhaltig werden können.“
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 389 Seiten , 82 Illustrationen , 27.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 942 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783946830054 , 3946830056
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Mitarbeiter*innen des Beirats Danksagung Kästen Tabellen Abbildungen Akronyme Zusammenfassung 1 Einleitung 2 Land als Schlüssel zur Nachhaltigkeit – ein systemischer Blick 2.1 Landressourcen unter Druck: Nutzungskonkurrenzen, Übernutzung, Degradation 2.1.1 Ausmaß und Trends der Degradation terrestrischer Ökosysteme 2.1.2 Treiber von Landdegradation und Folgen 2.1.3 Land Degradation Neutrality als Ziel internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 2.2 Das Trilemma der Landnutzung 2.2.1 Die Klimakrise 2.2.2 Die Krise des Ernährungssystems 2.2.3 Die Biodiversitätskrise 2.3 Zukunftsvision für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 2.3.1 Ein nachhaltiger Umgang mit Land: systemisch, synergistisch, solidarisch 2.3.2 Die Transformation zu einem nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land gestalten 3 Mehrgewinnstrategien für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 3.1 Renaturierung: Landbasierte CO2-Entfernung synergistisch gestalten 3.1.1 CO2-Senken: Ausgangssituation 3.1.1.1 CO2-Entfernung aus der Atmosphäre: Konzept und Definition 3.1.1.2 Landbasierte Ansätze zur CO2-Entfernung: Technologien, Potenziale und Begleitwirkungen 3.1.1.3 Die Rolle von Methoden der CO2-Entfernung in Klimaschutzszenarien 3.1.2 Grundsätze zur nachhaltigen CO2-Entfernung: Unsicherheiten beleuchten, Risiken begrenzen, Mehrgewinne beflügeln 3.1.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie „Renaturierung degradierter terrestrischer Ökosysteme" 3.1.3.1 Renaturierung als Strategie zur Revitalisierung von Ökosystemfunktionen 3.1.3.2 Wiederaufforstung 3.1.3.3 Renaturierung von Graslandökosystemen 3.1.3.4 Renaturierung von Mooren 3.1.3.5 Renaturierung im Fokus internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 3.1.3.6 Umsetzung von Renaturierungsmaßnahmen 3.1.3.7 Folgerungen zu Renaturierung 3.1.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.1.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Maßnahmen zur Entfernung von CO2 3.1.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen zur Renaturierung degradierter Ökosysteme 3.1.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.1.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen: CO2-Entfernung 3.1.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen: Renaturierung 3.2 Schutzgebietssysteme ausweiten und aufwerten 3.2.1 Ökosystemschutz: Probleme und Mehrgewinne 3.2.2 Internationale Ziele für den Ökosystemschutz 3.2.3 Die Ausweitung und Aufwertung von Schutzgebietssystemen als Mehrgewinnstrategie 3.2.3.1 Schutzgebietssysteme als Instrumente des Ökosystem- und Biodiversitätsschutzes 3.2.3.2 Mehrgewinne in Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.3.3 Zielerreichung und künftige Ziele 3.2.3.4 Schutzgebietssysteme unter Druck: Treiber, Handlungsbedarfe, Barrieren und Akteure 3.2.3.5 Fokus indigene Völker und lokale Gemeinschaften: Hüter*innen der Ökosysteme 3.2.3.6 Fokus Landschaft: vernetzte Schutzgebietssysteme in einem integrierten Landschaftsansatz 3.2.3.7 Fokus Finanzierung von Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.4 Folgerungen 3.2.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.2.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3 Landwirtschaftssysteme diversifizieren 3.3.1 Heutige Landwirtschaftssysteme stoßen an die Grenzen 3.3.1.1 Industrielle Landwirtschaft: Beispiel EU 3.3.1.2 Ertragsarme Subsistenzlandwirtschaft und persistierende Ernährungsunsicherheit: Beispiel Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.1.3 Wirkung des internationalen Agrarhandels auf Resilienz gegenüber Krisen und nachhaltige Entwicklung: Die Beispiele EU und Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.2 Mehrgewinnstrategien zur Diversifizierung von Landwirtschaftssystemen 3.3.2.1 Zielbild und Grundsätze 3.3.2.2 Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft in der EU 3.3.2.3 Landwirtschaftliche Produktivität in Subsahara-Afrika nachhaltig steigern, Klimaanpassung und Ernährungssicherung erreichen 3.3.2.4 Ausrichtung des Agrarhandels auf Resilienz und Nachhaltigkeit 3.3.2.5 Ökologisierung versus Intensivierung und die Messung der Treibhausgase: Eine Einordnung 3.3.2.6 Komponenten der Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.3.3.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für die Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft der EU und die GAP nach 2020 3.3.3.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Subsahara-Afrika und für die Entwicklungszusammenarbeit 3.3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen zum Handel 3.3.4 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3.4.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zur EU 3.3.4.2 Forschungsempfehlungen zur Landnutzung in Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.4.3 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Handel. 3.4 Die Transformation der tierproduktlastigen Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern vorantreiben 3.4.1 Problemstellung: Das globale Ernährungssystem 3.4.1.1 Definition und Entwicklung des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.2 Auswirkungen des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.3 Ernährungsstile 3.4.1.4 Treiber für die Missstände im Ernährungssystem 3.4.2 Transformation des Ernährungssystems durch Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.2.1 Potenziale auf Seiten der Nachfrage 3.4.2.2 Zielbild: Mehrgewinn durch die Transformation tierproduktlastiger Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern 3.4.3 Eine Frage des Bewusstseins? Von den vielfältigen Bedingungen der Entwicklung und Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.1 Ernährungsstile und Konzerninteressen global betrachtet 3.4.3.2 Einflüsse auf die Entwicklung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.3 Nahrungsaufnahme als soziale Situation 3.4.3.4 Brüche in der Ernährungsbiografie und Wertewandel im Ernährungsstil 3.4.3.5 Kontext und Ressourcen als mögliche Ansatzpunkte für Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.6 Fazit: normative nachhaltige Orientierung in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung als besonderer Transformationsauslöser 3.4.4 Ansatzpunkte zur Stärkung der Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.4.1 Steuerung mit Spielräumen zur Achtung von Eigenart 3.4.4.2 Transformation durch wahre Preise und nachhaltiges Angebot 3.4.4.3 Vielfältige Nuclei der Transformation 3.4.4.4 Transformationspotenzial durch Stärkung von Wissensressourcen (Siegel und Leitlinien) 3.4.4.5 Transformationsansätze in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung: Hebung mehrfachen Transformationspotenzials 3.4.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.4.5.1 Nachhaltige Ernährung durch mit der Planetary Health Diet konforme Leitlinien konsequent zur Norm erheben 3.4.5.2 Den Trend zu tierproduktarmer Ernährung unterstützen und Ernährungsbiografien nachhaltig prägen 3.4.5.3 Konsument*innen darin unterstützen, nachhaltige Ernährungsstile zu praktizieren 3.4.5.4 „Gesunden Handel“ national und international fördern 3.4.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.4.6.1 Transformative Forschung zur Stärkung nachhaltiger Ernährungsstile 3.4.6.2 Bestehende Forschungsprogramme im Ernährungsbereich um nachhaltige Aspekte erweitern 3.5 Bioökonomie verantwortungsvoll gestalten und dabei Holzbau fördern 3.5.1 Probleme und Potenziale der verstärkten Nutzung biologischer Ressourcen 3.5.2 Zielbild und wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.2.1 Zielbild einer nachhaltigen Bioökonomie 3.5.2.2 Wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie Holzbau 3.5.3.1 Potenziale des Holzbaus als Ergänzung und Alternative zu konventionellen Bauweisen 3.5.3.2 Bestehende Instrumente zur Förderung des Holzbaus 3.5.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.5.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Holzbau 3.5.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.5.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.5.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Holzbau 3.5.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.6 Zusammenspiel und Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.6.1 Zusammenspiel zwischen Mehrgewinnstrategien: Beispiele 3.6.2 Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien im Kontext des integrierten Landschaftsansatzes 4 Transformative Governance für einen solidarischen Umgang mit Land 4.1 Pionier*innen des Wandels: Akteure zur Verantwortungsübernahme ermächtigen 4.1.1 Möglichkeiten und Grenzen eines nachhaltigen solidarischen Konsums 4.1.2 Pionier*innen des Wandels in wirkmächtigen Rollen 4.1.3 Empfehlungen zur Förderung von solidarischem Konsum und von Nischenakteuren in der Landwende 4.2 Gestaltender Staat: Rahmenbedingungen für den solidarischen Umgang mit Land schaffen 4.2.1 Nachhaltiges Verhalten belohnen, Umweltschäden bepreisen: Anreiz- und Preisinstrumente 4.2.2 Nachhaltigkeit einfordern: freiwillige und
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94775
    Description / Table of Contents: В монографии приводятся сведения о составе локальной флоры окрестностей Международной биологической станции 〈〈Лена-Норденшельд», расположенной на территории Усть-Ленского заповедника, относящейся к числу естественных, мало измененных под влиянием человека объектов (98,5 % ее состава представлено аборигенной фракцией, 3 вида - адвентивный компонент, 5 видов - интродуценты), что обеспечивается природоохранными мероприятиями и представляется очень важным для понимания естественных процессов трансформации природы. В ходе обследования данной местности выявлено 266 таксонов сосудистых растений видового и внутривидового ранга. Приводится иллюстрированный фотографиями растений список видов с указанием частоты встречаемости, распределения по высотным поясам растительности и фитоценотической приуроченности. Исследованная локальная флора дополняет и входит в систему региональных флор Хараулахской подпровинции Восточно-Сибирской провинции Арктической флористической области, которая нуждается в дальнейшем изучении. Книга рассчитана на специалистов природоохранной сферы деятельности, учителей биологии, натуралистов-любителей.
    Description / Table of Contents: Data about composition of the local flora of the International Biological Station "Lena- Nordenskjöld" vicinities is presented. The station is situated in the Lena River delta, within the territory of the Ust-Lensky Nature Reserve. 266 taxons (255 species, and 9 subspecies, 1 variety, 1 hybrid species) of vascular plants from 109 genera and 42 families were found. The checklist is illustrated with photographs of the plants species and contains information about species frequency and their distribution along altitudinal belts and in various plant communities. The local flora of the International Biological Station is natural and slightly disturbed Ьу men: 98,5 % of its composition are native species, and only 3 species are adventive. Аll the species found there can bе classified in 6 altitudinal groups. 224 species belong to the valley vegetation complex, 161 species grow in the tundra belt, 28 species refer to the epilithic lichen communities belt. The flora belongs to the Кharaulakh subprovince ofthe East-Siberian province ofthe Arctic floristic region, which boundaries need to bе detected. The book is intended for specialists of environmental activities, biology teachers, naturalists and enthusiasts.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 115, [1] Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Edition: 2-e izdanie, stereotipnoe
    ISBN: 978-5-02-041465-5
    Series Statement: Serija "Ust'-Lenskij Gosudarstvennyj prirodnyj zapovednik: biologičeskoe raznoobrazie" = Series "State nature reserve Ust-Lensky: biological diversity"
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ВВЕДЕНИЕ 1. ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ПРИРОДНЫЙ ЗАПОВЕДНИК «УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКИЙ)): СТРУКТУРА И ФИЗИКО-ГЕОГРАФИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ 2. КОНСПЕКТ ФЛОРЫ ОКРЕСТНОСТЕЙ МБС "ЛЕНА-НОРДЕНШЕЛЬД" З. РЕЗУЛЬТАТЫ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ ФЛОРЫ И ИХ ОБСУЖДЕНИЕ 4. СЕРГЕЙ ВЛАДИМИРОВИЧ ЛАРИОНОВ (1957-1995) БИБЛИОГРАФИЧЕСКИЙ СПИСОК , TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1. STATE NATURE RESERVE "UST-LENSKY": STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS 2. ABSTRACT OF THE FLORA OF THE SURROUNDINGS OF MBS "LENA-NORDENSHELD" 3. RESULTS OF STUDIES OF FLORA AND THEIR DISCUSSION 4. SERGEY VLADIMIROVICH LARIONOV (1957-1995) REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94780
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M : Deutscher Wetterdienst, Fachinformationsstelle und Deutsche Meteorologische Bibliothek
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-103
    In: Promet, Heft 103
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Redaktionsschluss: 29.09.2020
    ISBN: 9783881485227
    ISSN: 0340-4552 , 2194-5950
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 103
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Beitrag Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / M. SPRENGER Zyklonen als Stürme von großer sozioökonomischer Relevanz 1 Vorhersage von Zyklonen / F. PANTILLON 2 Clustering von Zyklonen / M. KARREMANN, J. PINTO Struktur und Entwicklung einzelner Zyklonen 3 Die Vermessung von Zyklonen / A. SCHÄFLER, F. EWALD, M. RAUTENHAUS 4 Zyklonen und Fronten / S. SCHEMM, M. SPRENGER 5 Zyklonen als Dauerbrenner in der Geschichte der Meteorologie / H. DAVIES 6 Die PV-Struktur außertropischer Zyklonen / M. BOETTCHER, H. WERNLI 7 Warm Conveyor Belts / H. BINDER, E. MADONNA 8 Von der tropischen zur außertropischen Zyklone / M. RIEMER, C. GRAMS, J. KELLER Zyklonen früher und in Zukunft 9 Zyklonen und Paläoklima / C. RAIBLE, P. LUDWIG, M. MESSMER 10 Zyklonen in einem sich ändernden Klima / U. ULBRICH, G. LECKEBUSCH Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2019 Examina im Jahr 2018
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94119
    Description / Table of Contents: Der exklusive Fotoband zur Jahrhundertexpedition in die Arktis. Im September 2019 legte die Polarstern in Richtung Arktis ab - an Bord das internationale MOSAiC-Forscherteam, das die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das ewige Eis erkundet. Chronologisch aufgebaut dokumentiert der bildgewaltige Band in bisher ungesehenen Fotografien von Esther Horvath Leben und Arbeiten während der einjährigen Reise unter den extremen Bedingungen am Nordpol. Begleitet von kenntnisreichen Essays und Textbeiträgen von Experten, Wissenschaftlern und Expeditionsteilnehmern ist der Band ein eindrucksvolles Zeugnis der wohl größten klimatischen Herausforderung unserer Zeit und bietet Einblicke in dieses einmalige Forschungsprojekt sowie die spektakuläre, schützenswerte Polarlandschaft.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 240 Seiten , 250 Illustrationen , 30.5 cm x 24.5 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-7913-8669-0
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Prolog Die Vermessung einer schwindenden Welt Feuertaufe Vorbereitung für den Einsatz am Limit Leinen los Aufbruch ins arktische Eis Die Erfindung der Eisdrift Die Drift Vom Aufbau des nördlichsten Forschungscamps Atmosphärenforschung Das Observatorium Aufzeichnungen aus dem Eis Das arktische Meereis Alltag Leben am Ende der Welt Das Ökosystem der Arktis Die Forschung des Teams Biogeochemie Nachtschicht Forschung bei 24 Stunden Dunkelheit Ozeanforschung und Klimawandel Schichtwechsel Ablösung am Nordpol Im Gespräch mit Esther Horvath Eine andere Welt Drift durch den arktischen Sommer Dank Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95057
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 593 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-367-13991-9
    Series Statement: Texts in statistical science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface Audience Teaching strategy How to use this book Installing the rethinking R package Acknowledgments Chapter 1. The Golem of Prague 1.1. Statistical golems 1.2. Statistical rethinking 1.3. Tools for golem engineering 1.4. Summary Chapter 2. Small Worlds and Large Worlds 2.1. The garden of forking data 2.2. Building a model 2.3. Components of the model 2.4. Making the model go 2.5. Summary 2.6. Practice Chapter 3. Sampling the Imaginary . . 3.1. Sampling from a grid-approximate posterior 3.2. Sampling to summarize 3.3. Sampling to simulate prediction 3.4. Summary 3.5. Practice Chapter 4. Geocentric Models 4.1. Why normal distributions are normal 4.2. A language for describing models 4.3. Gaussian model of height 4.4. Linear prediction 4.5. Curves from lines 4.6. Summary 4.7. Practice Chapter 5. The Many Variables & The Spurious Waffles 5.1. Spurious association 5.2. Masked relationship 5.3. Categorical variables 5.4. Summary 5.5. Practice Chapter 6. The Haunted DAG & The Causal Terror 6.1. Multicollinearity 6.2. Post-treatment bias 6.3. Collider bias 6.4. Confronting confounding 6.5. Summary 6.6. Practice Chapter 7. Ulysses' Compass 7.1. The problem with parameters 7.2. Entropy and accuracy 7.3. Golem taming: regularization 7.4. Predicting predictive accuracy 7.5. Model comparison 7.6. Summary 7.7. Practice Chapter 8. Conditional Manatees 8.1. Building an interaction 8.2. Symmetry of interactions 8.3. Continuous interactions 8.4. Summary 8.5. Practice Chapter 9. Markov Chain Monte Carlo 9.1. Good King Markov and his island kingdom 9.2. Metropolis algorithms 9.3. Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 9.4. Easy HMC: ulam 9.5. Care and feeding of your Markov chain 9.6. Summary 9.7. Practice Chapter 10. Big Entropy and the Generalized Linear Model 10.1. Maximum entropy 10.2. Generalized linear models 10.3. Maximum entropy priors 10.4. Summary Chapter 11. God Spiked the Integers 11.1. Binomial regression 11.2. Poisson regression 11.3. Multinomial and categorical models 11.4. Summary 11.5. Practice Chapter 12. Monsters and Mixtures 12.1. Over-dispersed counts 12.2. Zero-inflated outcomes 12.3. Ordered categorical outcomes 12.4. Ordered categorical predictors 12.5. Summary 12.6. Practice Chapter 13. Models With Memory 13.1. Example: Multilevel tadpoles 13.2. Varying effects and the underfitting/overfitting trade-off 13.3. More than one type of cluster 13.4. Divergent transitions and non-centered priors 13.5. Multilevel posterior predictions 13.6. Summary 13.7. Practice Chapter 14. Adventures in Covariance 14.1. Varying slopes by construction 14.2. Advanced varying slopes 14.3. Instruments and causal designs 14.4. Social relations as correlated varying effects 14.5. Continuous categories and the Gaussian process 14.6. Summary 14.7. Practice Chapter 15. Missing Data and Other Opportunities 15.1. Measurement error 15.2. Missing data 15.3. Categorical errors and discrete absences 15.4. Summary 15.5. Practice Chapter 16. Generalized Linear Madness 16.1. Geometric people 16.2. Hidden minds and observed behavior 16.3. Ordinary differential nut cracking 16.4. Population dynamics 16.5. Summary 16.6. Practice Chapter 17. Horoscopes Endnotes Bibliography Citation index Topic index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93985
    Description / Table of Contents: Der zentralasiatische Naturraum, wie er sich uns heute präsentiert, ist das Ergebnis eines Zusammenwirkens vieler verschiedener Faktoren über Jahrmillionen hinweg. Im aktuellen Kontext des Klimawandels zeigt sich jedoch, wie stark sich Stoffflüsse auch kurzfristig ändern und dabei das Gesicht der Landschaft verwandeln können. Die Gobi-Wüste in der Inneren Mongolei (China), als Teil der gleichnamigen Trockenregionen Nordwestchinas, ist aufgrund der Ausgestaltung ihrer landschaftsprägenden Elemente sowie ihrer Landschaftsdynamik, im Zusammenhang mit der Lage zum Tibet-Plateau, in den Fokus der klimageschichtlichen Grundlagenforschung gerückt. Als großes Langzeitarchiv unterschiedlichster fluvialer, lakustriner und äolischer Sedimente stellt sie eine bedeutende Lokalität zur Rekonstruktion von lokalen und regionalen Stoffflüssen dar.. Andererseits ist die Gobi-Wüste zugleich auch eine bedeutende Quelle für den überregionalen Staubtransport, da sie aufgrund der klimatischen Bedingungen insbesondere der Erosion durch Ausblasung preisgegeben wird. Vor diesem Hintergrund erfolgten zwischen 2011 und 2014, im Rahmen des BMBF-Verbundprogramms WTZ Zentralasien – Monsundynamik & Geoökosysteme (Förderkennzeichen 03G0814), mehrere deutsch-chinesische Expeditionen in das Ejina-Becken (Innere Mongolei) und das Qilian Shan-Vorland. Im Zuge dieser Expeditionen wurden für eine Bestimmung potenzieller Sedimentquellen erstmals zahlreiche Oberflächenproben aus dem gesamten Einzugsgebiet des Heihe (schwarzer Fluss) gesammelt. Zudem wurden mit zwei Bohrungen im inneren des Ejina-Beckens, ergänzende Sedimentbohrkerne zum bestehenden Bohrkern D100 (siehe Wünnemann (2005)) abgeteuft, um weit reichende, ergänzende Informationen zur Landschaftsgeschichte und zum überregionalen Sedimenttransfer zu erhalten. Gegenstand und Ziel der vorliegenden Doktorarbeit ist die sedimentologisch-mineralogische Charakterisierung des Untersuchungsgebietes in Bezug auf potenzielle Sedimentquellen und Stoffflüsse des Ejina-Beckens sowie die Rekonstruktion der Ablagerungsgeschichte eines dort erbohrten, 19m langen Sedimentbohrkerns (GN100). Schwerpunkt ist hierbei die Klärung der Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Bohrkerns sowie die Ausweisung von Herkunftssignalen und möglichen Sedimentquellen bzw. Sedimenttransportpfaden. Die methodische Herangehensweise basiert auf einem Multi-Proxy-Ansatz zur Charakterisierung der klastischen Sedimentfazies anhand von Geländebeobachtungen, lithologisch-granulometrischen und mineralogisch-geochemischen Analysen sowie statistischen Verfahren. Für die mineralogischen Untersuchungen der Sedimente wurde eine neue, rasterelektronenmikroskopische Methode zur automatisierten Partikelanalyse genutzt und den traditionellen Methoden gegenübergestellt. Die synoptische Betrachtung der granulometrischen, geochemischen und mineralogischen Befunde der Oberflächensedimente ergibt für das Untersuchungsgebiet ein logisches Kaskadenmodell mit immer wiederkehrenden Prozessbereichen und ähnlichen Prozesssignalen. Die umfangreichen granulometrischen Analysen deuten dabei auf abnehmende Korngrößen mit zunehmender Entfernung vom Qilian Shan hin und ermöglichen die Identifizierung von vier texturellen Signalen: den fluvialen Sanden, den Dünensanden, den Stillwassersedimenten und Stäuben. Diese Ergebnisse können als Interpretationsgrundlage für die Korngrößenanalysen des Bohrkerns genutzt werden. Somit ist es möglich, die Ablagerungsgeschichte der Bohrkernsedimente zu rekonstruieren und in Verbindung mit eigenen und literaturbasierten Datierungen in einen Gesamtkontext einzuhängen. Für das Untersuchungsgebiet werden somit vier Ablagerungsphasen ausgewiesen, die bis in die Zeit des letzten glazialen Maximums (LGM) zurückreichen. Während dieser Ablagerungsphasen kam es im Zuge unterschiedlicher Aktivitäts- und Stabilitätsphasen zu einer kontinuierlichen Progradation und Überprägung des Schwemmfächers. Eine besonders aktive Phase kann zwischen 8 ka und 4 ka BP festgestellt werden, während der es aufgrund zunehmender fluvialer Aktivitäten zu einer deutlich verstärkten Schwemmfächerdynamik gekommen zu sein scheint. In den Abschnitten davor und danach waren es vor allem äolische Prozesse, die zu einer Überprägung des Schwemmfächers geführt haben. Hinsichtlich der mineralogischen Herkunftssignale gibt es eine große Variabilität. Dies spiegelt die enorme Heterogenität der Geologie des Untersuchungsgebietes wider, wodurch die räumlichen Signale nicht sehr stark ausgeprägt sind. Dennoch, können für das Einzugsgebiet drei größere Bereiche deklariert werden, die als Herkunftsgebiet in Frage kommen. Das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland zeichnet sich dabei durch deutlich höhere Chloritgehalte als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken aus. Sie unterscheiden sich insbesondere durch stark divergierende Chloritgehalte in der Tonmineral- und Gesamtmineralfraktion, was das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken auszeichnet. Dies steht in Zusammenhang mit den Grünschiefern, Ophioliten und Serpentiniten in diesem Bereich. Geochemisch deutet vor allem das Cr/Rb-Verhältnis eine große Variabilität innerhalb des Einzugsgebietes an. Auch hier ist es das östliche Vorland, welches aufgrund seines hohen Anteils an mafischen Gesteinen reich an Chromiten und Spinellen ist und sich somit vom restlichen Untersuchungsgebiet abhebt. Die zeitliche aber auch die generelle Variabilität der Sedimentherkunft lässt sich in den Bohrkernsedimenten nicht so deutlich nachzeichnen. Die mineralogisch-sedimentologischen Eigenschaften der erbohrten klastischen Sedimente zeugen zwar von zwischenzeitlichen Änderungen bei der Sedimentherkunft, diese sind jedoch nicht so deutlich ausgeprägt, wie es die Quellsignale in den Oberflächensedimenten vermuten lassen. Ein Grund dafür scheint die starke Vermischung unterschiedlichster Sedimente während des Transportes zu sein. Die Kombination der Korngrößenergebnisse mit den Befunden der Gesamt- und Schwermineralogie deuten darauf hin, dass es zwischenzeitlich eine Phase mit überwiegend äolischen Prozessen gegeben hat, die mit einem Sedimenteintrag aus dem westlichen Bei Shan in Verbindung stehen. Neben der Zunahme ultrastabiler Schwerminerale wie Zirkon und Granat und der Abnahme opaker Schwerminerale, weisen vor allem die heutigen Verhältnisse darauf hin. Der Vergleich der traditionellen Schwermineralanalyse mit der Computer-Controlled-Scanning-Electron-Microscopy (kurz: CCSEM), die eine automatisierte Partikelauswertung der Proben ermöglicht, zeigt den deutlichen Vorteil der modernen Analysemethode. Neben einem zeitlichen Vorteil, den man durch die automatisierte Abarbeitung der vorbereiteten Proben erlangen kann, steht vor allem die deutlich größere statistische Signifikanz des Ergebnisses im Vordergrund. Zudem können mit dieser Methode auch chemische Varietäten einiger Schwerminerale bestimmt werden, die eine noch feinere Klassifizierung und sicherere Aussagen zu einer möglichen Sedimentherkunft ermöglichen. Damit ergeben sich außerdem verbesserte Aussagen zu Zusammensetzungen und Entstehungsprozessen der abgelagerten Sedimente. Die Studie verdeutlicht, dass die Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes sowie die ablaufenden Prozesse zum Teil stark von lokalen Gegebenheiten abhängen. Die Heterogenität der Geologie und die Größe des Einzugsgebietes sowie die daraus resultierende Komplexität der Sedimentgenese, machen exakte Zuordnungen zu klar definierten Sedimentquellen sehr schwer. Dennoch zeigen die Ergebnisse, dass die Sedimentzufuhr in das Ejina-Becken in erster Linie durch fluviale klastische Sedimente des Heihe aus dem Qilian Shan erfolgt sein muss. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse zeigen jedoch ebenso die Notwendigkeit einer ergänzenden Bearbeitung angrenzender Untersuchungsgebiete, wie beispielsweise den Gobi-Altai im Norden oder den Beishan im Westen, sowie die Verdichtung der Oberflächenbeprobung zur feineren Auflösung von lokalen Sedimentquellen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 186 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Zusammenfassung Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Einleitung 1.2 Wissenschaftliches Ziel 2 Stand der Forschung 3 Einführung in das Untersuchungsgebiet 3.1 Lage und Physiogeographie 3.2 Geologie 3.3 Geomorphologie 3.3.1 Ejina-Becken 3.3.2 Hexi-Korridor & Qilian Shan 3.4 Klima 4 Methoden 4.1 Probennahme - Strategie und Bohrung 4.2 Probenpräparation 4.3 Tonmineralanalyse 4.4 Schwermineralanalyse 4.4.1 Probenpräparation 4.4.2 Polarisationsmikroskopie 4.4.3 Röntgendiffraktometrie (XRD) 4.4.4 Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) 4.5 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 4.6 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 4.6.1 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Einzelproben Analyse) 4.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Kernscan) 4.7 Korngrößenanalyse 4.8 Geochronologie 4.9 Räumliche Datenanalyse 5 Ergebnisse 5.1 Oberflächensedimente 5.1.1 Probensätze 5.1.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.1.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.1.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.1.5 Tonmineralogie 5.1.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2 Bohrkern GN100 5.2.1 Lithostratigraphie 5.2.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.2.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.2.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.2.5 Tonmineralogie 5.2.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2.7 Datierungen 6 Diskussion 6.1 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2.1 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 6.2.2 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 6.2.3 Tonmineralogie 6.2.4 Schwermineralogie 6.3 Heutige Sedimenttransportpfade - Synoptische Betrachtung der aktuellen Oberflächensignale 6.4 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.5 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.6 Zeitliche Dimension des Sedimenteintrags - Ablagerungsgeschichte des Bohrkerns GN100 6.6.1 Darstellung der Sedimentherkunft und Ablagerungsgeschichte im Untersuchungsgebiet Schlussfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: AWI P1-20-94200 ; M 23.94200
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Hochgebirge haben eine große Bedeutung für das globale Klima, die Wasserversorgung und die Biosphäre. So ist die besonders starke Ausprägung des Amazonas-Regenwalds den Anden zu verdanken. Sie verhindern den Durchzug der aus dem Atlantik mit viel Luftfeuchtigkeit kommenden Wolken. Dadurch erhält das Amazonas-Gebiet im Jahresdurchschnitt über 2.000 mm Regen, was die Grundlage für die intensive Bewaldung ist. Obwohl die Gebirge global nur ca. 12% der Landfläche bedecken, beherbergen Hochgebirge rund die Hälfte aller Säugetierarten und 74% aller endemischen Vogelarten (ohne Inselarten). 21 der 34 globalen Biodiversitätshotspots befinden sich in Hochgebirgen. In den Gebirgen entstehen aufgrund von höheren Niederschlägen wichtige Wasserressourcen auch für die angrenzenden Tiefländer. Trotz der für den Menschen oft erschwerten Zugänglichkeit sind Hochgebirge und Hoch-Plateaus, besonders in tropischen Regionen, Orte dichter Besiedlung und sogar von Hochkulturen. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind in den Hochgebirgen besonders deutlich. So war die Erwärmung in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten dort höher als in den Flachländern. Die Gletscher schrumpfen in fast allen Gebirgen, insbesondere in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Auf den jetzt eisfreien Flächen siedeln sich schon nach wenigen Jahren neue Pflanzengemeinschaften an. In den Alpen hat das Eisvolumen seit 1850 schon um mehr als zwei Drittel abgenommen. Das entspricht allein seit 1997 einem Süßwasserverlust von etwa dem 14fachen Volumen des Bodensees. Insgesamt sind die Klimaänderungen in den Gebirgsregionen gravierender als im Flachland. Mit der Zunahme der Starkregen und dem Rückgang des Permafrosts nimmt die Gefahr von Erdrutschen zu, und manche Gletscher wurden instabil. Im Mittel haben sich die Temperaturen im Gebirgspermafrost in einem Jahrzehnt von 2007 bis 2016 um etwa 0,2°C erhöht. Die Schneedeckendauer nahm in den letzten Jahrzehnten kontinuierlich ab; die Herausforderungen für den Wintertourismus werden zusehends größer.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783982006734
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Liste der Autoren/Autorinnen und der Gutachter Hochgebirge: Definition, Bedeutung, Veränderungen und Gefahren / (José L. Lozán,Siegmar-W. Breckle, Heidi Escher-Vetter, Hartmut Graßl & Dieter Kasang) 1 Bedeutung der Hochgebirge 1.1 Der Einfluss von Hochgebirgen auf die Zirkulation der Atmosphäre / (Jürgen Böhner & Jörg Bendix) 1.2 Die Entstehung der Hochgebirge / (Martin Meschede) 1.3 Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gebirge der Erde / (José L.Lozán, Siegmar-W. Breckle, Dieter Kasang & Heidi Escher-Vetter) 1.4 Berge und Gebirge im Meer / (Bernd Christiansen) 1.5 Hochgebirge: Wassertürme für eine wachsende Weltbevölkerung / (Carmen de Jong) 1.6 Erdoberflächenprozesse im Hochgebirge – Der Einfluss des Klimawandels / (Lothar Schrott & Jan Blöthe) 1.7 Hochgebirge: Hotspots der Biodiversität / (Severin Irl & Andreas H. Schweiger) 1.8 Hochgebirge als Ressourcenräume für Tiefländer / (Matthias Winiger) 1.9 Bevölkerung und Siedlungsstrukturen im Hochgebirge / (Christoph Stadel & Axel Borsdorf) 1.10 Lokale Anpassungsstrategien für Landnutzung in Hochgebirgen / (Hermann Kreutzmann) 2 Paläoökologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 2.1 Globale Klima- und Gletscherveränderungen im Pleistozän und Holozän / (Heinz Veit & Alexander Groos) 2.2 Welche Umweltinformationen können aus Jahrringen abgeleitet werden? / (Achim Bräuning & Jussi Grießinger) 2.3 Holozäne Klimaänderungen und Waldgrenzschwankungen in den Alpen / (Conradin A. Burga) 2.4 Anthropogene Einflüsse auf die Hochgebirgsumwelt im Holozän: Einblicke aus einer alpinen Bergbaulandschaft / (Kerstin Kowarik & Hans Reschreiter) 3 Veränderungen der Kryosphäre in Hochgebirgen 3.1 Gletscherbeobachtung und globale Trends / (Frank Paul & Martin Hoelzle) 3.2 Die Gletscher Hochasiens im Klimawandel / (Tobias Bolch, Atanu Bhattacharya & Owen King) 3.3 Die Karakorum-Anomalie / (Christoph Mayer, Astrid Lambrecht & Alexander Groos) 3.4 Wenn Gletscher abrutschen / (Andreas Kääb) 3.5 Tropische Gletscher: Ostafrika / (Rainer Prinz & Thomas Mölg) 3.6 Die Gletscher der Anden im Klimawandel / (Thorsten Seehaus) 3.7 Gletscher und Schnee in Hochgebirgen Nordamerikas / (Dieter Kasang & José L. Lozán) 3.8 Gletscherschmelze unter Schuttbedeckung: Verbreitung, Prozesse und Messmethoden / (Pascal Buri, Simone Schauwecker & Jakob Steiner) 3.9 Permafrost in den Alpen – Langzeitbeobachtung und Entwicklung über zwei Jahrzehnte (Jeannette Nötzli) 3.10 Globale Klimaänderung und die Gletscher auf Neuseeland / (Stefan Winkler) 3.11 Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Schneebedeckung / (Kay Helfricht & Marc Olefs) 4 Hydrologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 4.1 Hochgebirgsgewässer im Wandel / (Heike Zimmermann-Timm, Deep Narayan Shah & Ram Devi Tachamo Shah) 4.2 Einfluss des globalen Wandels auf die Bodenstabilität des alpinen Graslandes / (Christine Alewell, Lauren Zweifel & Katrin Meusburger 4.3 Sozio-Hydrologie des Trans-Himalaya – Schmelzwasserverfügbarkeit und Bewässerungslandwirtschaft / (Marcus Nüsser, Juliane Dame & Susanne Schmidt) 4.4 Hochgebirge und Wasserressourcen in Peru und Kalifornien / (Dieter Kasang) 4.5 Hydrologische Veränderungen in vergletscherten Einzugsgebieten / (Regine Hoch) 5 Biodiversität der Hochgebirge im Klimawandel 5.1 Klimawandel und Vegetationsdynamik im Hochgebirge / (Harald Pauli) 5.2 Phänologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen / (Christian Rixen) 5.3 Klimawandel und Gebirgswälder: Bedrohung der Multifunktionalität? / (Georg Gratzer) 5.4 Alpine Waldgrenzen im Klimawandel – Wie sind die heterogenen Reaktionsmuster zu erklären? / (Udo Schickhoff, Maria Bobrowski & Niels Schwab) 5.5 Vegetation und Klimawandel an der Ostkordillere von Ecuador am Beispiel des Páramo de Papallacta / (M. Daud Rafiqpoor & Siegmar-W. Breckle) 5.6 Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das Wachstum von Zwergsträuchern in Hochgebirgen / (Stef Weijers & Jörg Löffler) 5.7 Pflanzen besiedeln neue Lebensräume: Primärsukzession auf Gletschervorfeldern / (Brigitta Erschbamer & Conradin A. Burga) 5.8 Klimawandel und biologische Invasionen im Hochgebirge /(Anna Schertler, Franz Essl & Bernd Lenzner) 5.9 Die Tierwelt der Alpen im Klimawandel / (Peter Huemer, Hermann Sonntag, Friederike Barkmann & André Stadler) 5.10 Ökologische Folgen des Landnutzungswandels in den Alpen / (Erich Tasser & Ulrike Tappeiner) 6 Sozioökonomische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 6.1 Ökonomische Bewertung von Biodiversität und Ökosystemleistungen in den Alpen / (Andreas Bartel & Barbara Färber) 6.2 Der sozioökonomische Strukturwandel in den Alpen / (Oliver Bender & Andreas Haller) 6.3 Klimawandel und Wintersporttourismus: Wahrnehmung und Reaktion der Touristen / (Jürgen Schmude & Maximilian Witting) 6.4 Mensch-Umwelt-Interaktionen im Äthiopischen Hochland / (Simon Strobelt & Michèle von Kocemba) 7 Naturgefahren in Hochgebirgen 7.1 Klimawandel, Morphodynamik und gravitative Massenbewegungen / (Thomas Glade) 7.2 Einfluss der Permafrostdegradation auf Hangstabilität / (Friederike Günzel & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.3 Warnsignal Klima - Die Lawinengefahr im Klimawandel / (Benjamin Reuter, Christoph Mitterer & Sascha Bellaire) 7.4 Gefahren aus vergletscherten Vulkanen: Das Beispiel Nevado del Ruiz / (Simon Allen, Christian Huggel & Frank Paul) 7.5 Bedrohung durch Erdbeben im Himalaya / (Birger-G. Lühr) 7.6 Risiken durch Gletscherseen im Klimawandel / (Holger Frey & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.7 Bergstürze, Seeausbrüche und Muren im Pamir / (Siegmar-W. Breckle & Martin Mergili) 8 Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz und zur Anpassung 8.1 Klimawandel und Naturschutz im Gebirge: Neue Herausforderungen / (Mario F. Broggi) 8.2 Klimawandel und Anpassungsstrategien im Alpentourismus / (Ulrike Pröbstl-Haider) 8.3 Klimawandel in den Lebenswelten und Handlungslogiken ländlicher Bevölkerung im Hochgebirge: Perspektiven aus dem Callejón de Huaylas, Peru / (Martina Neuburger) 8.4 Hochland-Tiefland Beziehungen in ihrer Bedeutung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung in Gebirgsräumen / (Paul Messerli, Susanne Wymann von Dach & Thomas Kohler) 9 Sachregister
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Macmillan Learning
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94626
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählungen , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Eighth edition
    ISBN: 9781319055325 , 9781319325398 , 1319325394
    Former Title: Understanding earth [5th edition]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the Authors Preface Chapter 1 The Earth System The Scientific Method Hypothesis and Theory Scientific Models Importance of Scientific Collaboration Geology as a Science Earth's Shape and Surface Peeling the Onion: Discovery of a Layered Earth Earth's Density The Mantle and Core The Crust The Inner Core Chemical Composition of Earth's Major Layers Earth as a System of Interacting Components The Climate System The Plate Tectonic System The Geodynamo Interactions Among Geosystems Support Life An Overview of Geologic Time The Origin of Earth and Its Global Geosystems The Evolution of Life Chapter 2 Plate Tectonics: The Unifying Theory The Discovery of Plate Tectonics Continental Drift Seafloor Spreading The Great Synthesis: 1963-1968 The Plates and Their Boundaries Divergent Boundaries Convergent Boundaries Transform Faults Combinations of Plate Boundaries Rates and History of Plate Movements The Seafloor as a Magnetic Tape Recorder Deep-Sea Drilling Measurements of Plate Movements by Geodesy The Grand Reconstruction Seafloor isochrons Reconstructing the History of Plate Movements The Breakup of Pangaea The Assembly of Pangaea by Continental Drift Implications of the Grand Reconstruction Mantle Convection:The Engine of Plate Tectonics Where Do the Plate-Driving Forces Originate? How Deep Does Plate Recycling Occur? What Is the Nature of Rising Convection Currents? Chapter 3 Earth Materials: Minerals and Rocks What Are Minerals? The Structure of Matter The Structure of Atoms Atomic Number and Atomic Mass Chemical Reactions Chemical Bonds The Formation of Minerals The Atomic Structure of Minerals The Crystallization of Minerals How Do Minerals Form? Classes of Rock-Forming Minerals Silicates Carbonates Oxides Sulfides Sulfates Physical Properties of Minerals Hardness Cleavage Fracture Luster Color Density Crystal Habit What Are Rocks? Properties of Rocks Igneous Rocks Sedimentary Rocks Metamorphic Rocks The Rock Cycle: Interactions Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Concentrations of Valuable Mineral Resources Hydrothermal Deposits Igneous Deposits Sedimentary Deposits Mineral Evolution Chapter 4 Igneous Rocks: Solids from Melts How Do Igneous Rocks Differ from One Another? Texture Chemical and Mineral Composition How Do Magmas Form? How Do Rocks Melt? The Formation of Magma Chambers Where Do Magmas Form? Magmatic Differentiation Fractional Crystallization: Laboratory and Field Observations Granite from Basalt: Complexities of Magmatic Differentiation Forms of Igneous Intrusions Plutons Sills and Dikes Veins Igneous Processes and Plate Tectonics Spreading Centers as Magma Factories Subduction Zones as Magma Factories Mantle Plumes as Magma Factories Chapter 5 Volcanoes Volcanoes as Geosystems Lavas and Other Volcanic Deposits Types of Lava Textures of Volcanic Rocks Pyroclastic Deposits Eruptive Styles and Landforms Central Eruptions Fissure Eruptions Interactions of Volcanoes with Other Geosystems Volcanism and the Hydrosphere Volcanism and the Atmosphere The Global Pattern of Volcanism Volcanism at Spreading Centers Volcanism in Subduction Zones Intraplate Volcanism: The Mantle Plume Hypothesis 2018 Eruption of Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii Volcanism and Human Affairs Volcanic Hazards Reducing the Risks of Volcanic Hazards Natural Resources from Volcanoes Chapter 6 Sedimentation: Rocks Formed by Surface Processes Surface Processes of the Rock Cycle Weathering and Erosion: The Source of Sediments Transportation and Deposition: The Downhill Journey to Sedimentary Basins Oceans as Chemical Mixing Vats Sedimentary Basins:The Sinks for Sediments Rift Basins and Thermal Subsidence Basins Flexural Basins Sedimentary Environments Continental Sedimentary Environments Shoreline Sedimentary Environments Marine Sedimentary Environments Siliciclastic versus Chemical and Biological Sedimentary Environments Sedimentary Structures Cross-Bedding Graded Bedding Ripples Bioturbation Structures Bedding Sequences Burial and Diagenesis: From Sediment to Rock Burial Diagenesis Classification of SiliciclasticSediments and Sedimentary Rocks Coarse-Grained Siliciclastics: Gravel and Conglomerate Medium-Grained Siliciclastics: Sand and Sandstone Fine-Grained Siliciclastics Classification of Chemical and Biological Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks Carbonate Sediments and Rocks Evaporite Sediments and Rocks: Products of Evaporation Other Biological and Chemical Sediments Chapter 7 Metamorphism: Alteration of Rocks by Temperature and Pressure Causes of Metamorphism The Role of Temperature The Role of Pressure The Role of Fluids Types of Metamorphism Regional Metamorphism Contact Metamorphism Seafloor Metamorphism Other Types of Metamorphism MetamorphicTextures Foliation and Cleavage Foliated Rocks Granoblastic Rocks Porphyroblasts Regional Metamorphism and Metamorphic Grade Mineral Isograds: Mapping Zones of Change Metamorphic Grade and Parent Rock Composition Metamorphic Fades PlateTectonics and Metamorphism Metamorphic Pressure-Temperature Paths Ocean-Continent Convergence Continent-Continent Collision Exhumation: A Link Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Chapter 8 Deformation: Modification of Rocks by Folding and Fracturing PlateTectonic Forces Mapping Geologic Structure Measuring Strike and Dip Geologic Maps Geologic Cross Sections How Rocks Deform Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in the Laboratory Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in Earth's Crust Basic Deformation Structures Faults Folds Circular Structures Joints Deformation Textures Styles of Continental Deformation Tensional Tectonics Compressive Tectonics Shearing Tectonics Unraveling Geologic History Chapter 9 Clocks in Rocks: liming the Geologic Record Reconstructing Geologic History From the Stratigraphic Record Principles of Stratigraphy Fossils as Recorders of Geologic Time Unconformities: Gaps in the Geologic Record Cross-Cutting Relationships The Geologic Time Scale: Relative Ages Intervals of Geologic Time Interval Boundaries Mark Mass Extinctions Ages of Petroleum Source Rocks Measuring Absolute Time with Isotopic Clocks Discovery of Radioactivity Radioactive Isotopes: The Clocks in Rocks Isotopic Dating Methods The Geologic Time Scale: Absolute Ages Eons: The Longest Intervals of Geologic Time Perspectives on Geologic Time Recent Advances in Timing the Earth System Sequence Stratigraphy ,Chemical Stratigraphy Paleomagnetic Stratigraphy Clocking the Climate System Chapter 10 Earthquakes What Is an Earthquake? The Elastic Rebound Theory Fault Rupture During Earthquakes Foreshocks and Aftershocks How Do We Study Earthquakes? Seismographs Seismic Waves Locating the Focus Measuring the Size of an Earthquake Determining Fault Mechanisms GPS Measurements and "Silent" Earthquakes Earthquakes and Patterns of Faulting The Big Picture: Earthquakes and Plate Tectonics Regional Fault Systems Earthquake Hazards and Risks How Earthquakes Cause Damage Reducing Earthquake Risk Can Earthquakes Be Predicted? Long-Term Forecasting Short-Term Prediction Medium-Term Forecasting Chapter 11 Exploring Earth's Interior Exploring Earth's Interior with Seismic Waves Basic Types of Waves Paths of Seismic Waves Through Earth Seismic Exploration of Near-Surface Layering Layering and Composition of Earth's Interior The Crust The Mantle The Core-Mantle Boundary The Core Earth's Internal Temperature Heat Flow Through Earth's Interior Temperatures Inside Earth Visualizing Earth'sThree-Dimensional Structure Seismic Tomography Earth's Gravitational Field Earth's Magnetic Field and the Geodynamo The Dipole Field Complexity of the Magnetic Field Paleomagnetism The Magnetic Field and the Biosphere Chapter 12 The Climate System What Is Climate? Components of the Climate
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Moskva : Tovariščestvo naučnych izdanij KMK | Novosibirsk : Nauka
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94776
    Description / Table of Contents: Издание представляет собой новейшую таксономическую обработку флоры Якутии, подготовленную весьма квалифицированным и представительным коллективом авторов (более 50 специалистов, включая 15 докторов и 30 кандидатов наук). Даны ключи для определения 1950 видов, 133 подвидов и 34 разновидностей, а также 46 нотовидов, объединенных в 525 родов, 6 нотородов, 113 семейств сосудистых растений, распространенных или когда-либо отмеченных (в том числе очень редких, заносных или дичающих культурных) на территории региона. При: ведены диагностические признаки растений, сведения об их фитоценотическои или экологической приуроченности и распространении. Книга рассчитана на ботаников широкого профиля, студентов, учителей и преподавателей, ученых, биологов, экологов, работников сельского хозяйства, административных работников, отвечающих за эксплуатацию природных ресурсов.
    Description / Table of Contents: English translation of the Russian abstract: The publication is the latest taxonomic processing of the flora of Yakutia, prepared by a highly qualified and representative team of authors (more than 50 specialists, including 15 doctors and 30 candidates of sciences). Keys are given to identify 1950 species, 133 subspecies and 34 varieties, as well as 46 nothospecies, united in 525 genera, 6 nothorodes, 113 families of vascular plants, common or ever recorded (including very rare, adventive or wild cultivated) on the territory of the region. When: diagnostic signs of plants, information about their phytocenotic or ecological confinement and distribution are entered. The book is intended for general botanists, students, teachers and teachers, scientists, biologists, ecologists, agricultural workers, administrative workers responsible for the exploitation of natural resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 895 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 1 Errata
    Edition: Izdanie vtoroe, pererabotannoe i dopolnennoe [Zweite Auflage, überarbeitet und erweitert]
    ISBN: 9785907372320 , 5-907372-32-X
    Language: Russian
    Note: Text russisch; In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: AWI E2-20-93574
    In: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen, 03/2020
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Seite 26-48 , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0342-8311
    Series Statement: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen 03/2020
    Language: German
    Note: TITELTHEMA: Gefangen im Eis Seit Herbst 2019 führt das Forschungsschiff „Polarstern“ die größte Arktisexpedition aller Zeiten an. Hunderte Wissenschaftler erforschen die Umwelt in der Nordpolregion – unter härtesten Bedingungen. Von Marlene Göring und Esther Horvath NEUSEELAND Ein Land auf Rattenjagd Invasive Arten machen der Vogelwelt auf Neuseeland den Garaus. Jetzt rüsten Tierschützer zum Kampf: Millionen Ratten, Wiesel und Possums sollen sterben. Kann der wahnwitzige Plan gelingen? Von Anke Sparmann und David M. Smith PORTRÄT Musikalische Leckerlis Katzen mögen Mozart? Nur weil sie nichts Besseres kennen. Der Cellist David Teie komponiert Musik eigens für Katzen, Hunde und Affen – mit erstaunlichem Erfolg. Von Johannes Böhme und Jared Soares HONGKONG Die Kolonie der Kämpfer Unversöhnlich stehen sich Polizisten und Demonstranten auf Hongkongs Straßen gegenüber; immer gewalttätiger werden die Proteste. Ein GEO-Team hat unter großer Gefahr Aktivisten über Monate begleitet. FOTOGRAFIE Europa in der Nachkriegszeit Bill Perlmutter kam in den 1950er Jahren als Soldat mit dem Auftrag nach Europa, das alltägliche Leben zu dokumentieren. Sein unvoreingenommener Blick zeigt Menschen mit fröhlichem Aufbruchsgeist. ANTIMATERIE Spurensuche in der Schattenwelt In der Fantasie des Kinos treibt sie Raumschiffe an, im wahren Leben stellt sie Physiker vor ein Rätsel: Eigentlich gibt es viel zu wenig Antimaterie auf der Welt. Wo ist der geheimnisvolle Stoff abgeblieben? KOSMOS In Australien rettet die Feuerwehr Dinosaurier-Bäume. Tiefseekorallen vor Hawaii erholen sich verblüffend schnell. Ein Smartphone-Mikroskop soll Menschen helfen. Dazu Geschichten in Bildern aus Louisiana, der Mongolei und Mosambik GEO-TAG DER NATUR Wie vielfältig sind unsere Biotope? Beim GEO-Tag der Natur werden wieder Tausende Naturliebhaber in ganz Deutschland ausschwärmen, um Artenvielfalt zu kartieren 361° Können Krokodile weinen? Brauchen wir personalisierte Medikamente? Warum gibt es in Städten mehr Kriminalität? Antworten auf diese und weitere spannende Fragen WELTBÜRGER Fermin Pablo Cilio aus Peru
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94416
    Description / Table of Contents: Never before have researchers had the chance to explore the Arctic sea ice as comprehensively as on the international MOSAiC expedition. For an entire year, the research icebreaker Polarstern drifted through the Central Arctic with the sea ice; for an entire year, the men and women of the expedition painstakingly investigated the ice with the aid of cutting-edge technologies. In the ten DriftStories gathered here, they share the challenges they had to overcome, and the discoveries they made in this polar hotspot of climate change: fascinating Arctic research at your fingertips - presented by meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-3-3 , 978-3-9822680-2-6
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Embarking on the voyage of a century Detective work on ice that’s far too thin For a clearer view from space Shaking and quaking Glittering clouds below the ice One hot strip of ice Snow, the great unknown The snowball litmus test The many faces of cold Algae in the Arctic: Apparently, anything is possible A reunion at the outlet of the Arctic Equipment container Imprint / image credits
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94410
    Description / Table of Contents: Die MOSAiC-Expedition verschiebt die Grenzen des Machbaren und markiert einen historischen Meilenstein der Polarforschung. In den Fußstapfen von Fridtjof Nansens bahnrechender Pionierleistung in den Jahren 1893 bis 1896 mit seinem hölzernen Segelschiff »Fram« bringt sie erstmals einen modernen Forschungseisbrecher im Winter in die direkte Umgebung des Nordpols. 20 Nationen haben sich zusammengetan, um die Geheimnisse des dramatischen Klimawandels der Arktis zu entschlüsseln. Untertützt wird das Flaggschiff der Expedition, der deutsche Forschungseisbrecher »Polarstern«, von sechs weiteren Schiffen und Eisbrechern, Flugzeugen und Helikoptern. Insgesamt fünfhundert Menschen nehmen an den verschiedenen Phasen der Expedition teil. Markus Rex, Kopf des Vorhabens und Expeditionsleiter, berichtet anschaulich vom oft genug dramatischen Verlauf dieser Expedition, aber auch von überwältigend faszinierenden Eindrücken aus der Arktis während der langen winterlichen Polarnacht und während des sommerlichen Polartags. Und er beschreibt die unvorstellbaren Herausforderungen, denen sich die Expeditionsteilnehmer eingefroren im polaren Eis gestellt haben - immer geleitet von dem Ziel, Licht in die Prozesse des globalen Klimawandels zu bringen, der nirgends so auseprägt ist wie in der Arktis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783570104149 , 3570104141
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Prolog Teil I: Herbst Kapitel 1: Es beginnt Kapitel 2: Auf dünnem Eis Kapitel 3: Ein neues Zuhause Teil II: Winter Kapitel 4: Allein am Ende der Welt Kapitel 5: Sturm in der Polarnacht Kapitel 6: Weihnachten im Eis Teil III: An Land Kapitel 7: Auf Messers Schneide Teil IV: Frühling Kapitel 8: Wieder im Eis Kapitel 9: Das große Schmelzen Teil V: Sommer Kapitel 10: Hochsommer auf dem Eis Kapitel 11: Der Nordpol - und eine neue Scholle Kapitel 12: Es geht nach Hause Epilog Dank Register Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Roskilde] : DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy, Aarhus University
    Call number: AWI P5-19-92578
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 148 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-13-9
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS ABOUT THE AUTHORS PREFACE FROM THE ASSOCIATION OF POLAR EARLY CAREER SCIENTISTS PREFACE FROM THE INTERACT STATION MANAGERS’ FORUM ABOUT INTERACT ABOUT APECS INTERACT STATIONS INTRODUCTION 1. Getting started – Outlining your field project 1.1 Scientific rationale and objectives 1.2 Methods and data requirements 1.3 What scientific equipment will you need? 1.4 Study site(s) 1.5 Risk assessment 1.5.1 Risk identification 1.5.2 Risk assessment 1.5.3 Risk mitigation 1.5.4 Contingency plans 1.6 Time schedules 1.6.1 Logistical organisation 1.6.2 Fieldwork activities 1.7 Project budget 1.8 Data and sample management 1.8.1 Data management plan 1.8.2 Sample labelling 1.8.3 Field instrumentation 1.9 Environmental compliance 1.10 Output Chapter resources 2. Further planning – Practicalities and legal issues 2.1 Applying for access to the station 2.2 Transport to the station and conditions for visiting 2.2.1 Access to the station 2.2.2 Conditions for visiting 2.3 Visas and permits required by national authorities 2.3.1 Visas 2.3.2 Permits 2.4 Working with local communities 2.5 Equipment transport 2.6 Checklists and equipment 2.6.1 Checklists 2.6.2 Personal clothing 2.7 Import and export regulations 2.7.1 Import and export permits 2.7.2 Transporting hazardous goods 2.7.3 Handling cooled and frozen materials 2.8 Insurance 2.9 Check-ups and chronical illness 2.10 Training activities 2.11 Financial and other administrative issues 2.12 Final checks before leaving Chapter resources 3. Safety 3.1 General safety guidelines 3.2 Safety barriers 3.2.1 Knowledge, experience, and skills 3.2.2 Attitude and culture 3.2.3 Judgement and leadership 3.2.4 Trip plan 3.3 Education and training 3.4 Health and first aid 3.4.1 Medicine and chronic illness 3.4.2 First aid 3.5 Transport 3.5.1 Aircraft 3.5.2 Boats 3.5.3 Snowmobiles 3.5.4 Vehicles (Automobiles and ATV’s) 3.6 Risks at the station 3.6.1 Fire 3.6.2 In the kitchen 3.6.3 Electricity 3.6.4 Hygiene 3.6.5 Laboratory work and chemicals 3.6.6 Workshops and equipment use 3.7 Risks in the field and at the camp 3.7.1 Field camps 3.7.2 Cooking and water treatment 3.7.3 Firearms 3.7.4 Extreme activities 3.8 Natural hazards 3.8.1 Weather change 3.8.2 Glacier fieldwork 3.8.3 Snow avalanches and cornice falls 3.8.4 Steep terrain: Rock avalanches, rock falls, and mud slides 3.8.5 Sea-ice or frozen lakes and rivers 3.8.6 River crossings 3.8.7 Wildlife 3.9 Means of communication 3.9.1 Fieldwork plans and sign in/out boards 3.9.2 Routine calls 3.9.3 Non-routine calls 3.9.4 Emergency calls 3.10 Safety equipment 3.10.1 Communication equipment 3.10.2 Navigation equipment 3.10.3 Clothing 3.10.4 Field camp equipment 3.10.5 Specific safety equipment 3.11 Emergency preparedness Chapter resources 4. Arrival at the station and your time in the field 4.1 Getting to know your team 4.2 Arrival at the station 4.3 Working at field sites 4.4 In case something does not go according to plan 4.4.1 Handling delays 4.4.2 Handling conflicts 4.4.3 Harassment and discrimination 4.5 Environmental considerations 4.5.1 Pollution prevention 4.5.2 Waste management 4.5.3 Reducing energy use 4.5.4 Respect protected areas, fauna, and flora 4.6 Working with local communities 4.7 Communication with the outside world 4.8 Leaving the field Chapter resources 5. After fieldwork 5.1 Reporting to the station, funders, and local communities 5.2 Data preservation, backup, and submission APPENDICES Appendix A: Checklists Appendix B: Equipment lists Appendix C: Health risks
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-19-92711
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2019
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 78 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-9935-24-531-1
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2019
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE 1 IASC Internal Development IASC Organization IASC Council IASC Executive Committee Secretariat ISIRA IASC Medal 2019 2 IASC Working Groups Cross-cutting Activities Launching of MOSAiC, an IASC Flagship Initiative Atmosphere Working Group (AWG) Cryosphere Working Group (CWG) Marine Working Group (MWG) Social and Human Working Group (SHWG) Terrestrial Working Group (TWG) 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2018 POLAR2018: Where the Poles Come Together Upcoming ASSWs 4 Data and Observations#Arctic Data Committee (ADC) Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON) 5 Capacity Building IASC Fellowship Program Fellows’ Voices Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: AWI P7-20-93379 ; PIK N 454-21-93379
    In: World ocean review, 6
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 329 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-635-5
    Series Statement: World ocean review 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface The Arctic and Antarctic – natural realms at the poles A brief history of the polar regions The human conquest of the polar regions Conclusion: The Arctic and Antarctic – two fundamentally different polar regions The polar regions as components of the global climate system Why it is so cold in the polar regions Ice floes, ice sheets and the sea Conclusion: A chain reaction with an icy end Climate change impacts in the polar regions The pathways of heat Retreating ice Conclusion: More heat – much less ice Polar flora and fauna Living in the cold Marine life Polar ecosystems in retreat Conclusion: Highly specialized and greatly threatened Polar politics and commerce The Arctic and Antarctic as political arenas An economic boom with side effects Conclusion: Growing interest in the polar regions Overall Conclusion Glossary Abbreviations Bibliography Contributors Index Partners and Acknowledgements Table of figures Publication details
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI G3-19-93211 ; AWI G3-19-93211(2. Ex.)
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 220 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Permafrost - terrestrial and subsea 1.1.2 Subsea permafrost distribution 1.1.3 Relevance in the context of a changing Arctic 1.1.4 Influences on subsea permafrost 1.2 Hypotheses and objectives 1.3 Thesis organization 2 Detection of subsea permafrost degradation rates 2.1 An overview of geophysical methods and studies in subsea permafrost 2.2 Geophysical objectives 2.3 Passive seismic techniques 2.3.1 H/V passive seismics 2.3.2 Passive seismic interferometry 2.4 Instrument design & marine tests on Sylt 2.5 Arctic feasibility test site around Muostakh Island 2.6 Arctic deployment for wide area detection around Muostakh Island 3 Modelling of subsea permafrost degradation processes 3.1 An overview on subsea permafrost modelling 3.2 Salt distribution- mechanisms beyond diffusional transport 3.3 Open questions in salt transport and permafrost degradation 3.4 Modelling objectives 3.5 Study sites 3.5.1 Primary study site: Cape Mamontov Klyk 3.5.2 Secondary study sites: Buor Khaya & Muostakh Island 3.6 Developing a model for subsea permafrost 3.6.1 Thermal regime of the subsurface: governing equations of conductive heat transfer 3.6.2 Model definitions: concentration and thaw depth 3.6.3 Saline effect on the state of permafrost 3.6.4 Salt transport: governing equation & parameterizations 3.6.5 Modelling approach 3.6.6 Model testing 3. 7 Results: Influence of model parameters on subsea permafrost degradation 3.8 Discussion and implications 3.8.1 Modelled inundation parameters 3.8.2 Further factors affecting subsea permafrost degradation 3.8.3 Implications 4 From local to regional scale: Amending sparsely distributed temperature records 4.1 An overview of borehole temperature reconstruction . 4.2 On the transferability of ground to air temperatures . 4.3 Reconstruction objectives 4.4 Borehole sites and climate 4.5 Borehole temperatures 4.6 Inversion method 4.6.1 Forward model 4.6.2 Optimization 4.6.3 Sensitivity analysis 4.7 Results and discussion of the reconstruction from the permafrost boreholes 4.7.1 Recoverable period 4.7.2 Optimization 4.7.3 Surface temperature reconstructions and fit 4.7.4 Inversion method's impact on character of solution & sensitivity to temperature history parameterization 4.8 Discussion of spatial differences and implications 4.8.1 Comparison to other temperature data 4.8.2 Site differences 4.8.3 Methodological considerations 4.8.4 Implications 5 Conclusion and outlook 5.1 Outlook Appendices A Modelling tests for H/V method configuration Bibliography Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: PIK N 456-18-91895 ; AWI A5-18-91895
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 569 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9780128117149
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Contributors. - Preface. - Acknowledgements. - PART I SETTING THE SCENE. - 1. Introduction: Why Sub-seasonal to Seasonal Prediction (S2S)? / Frédéric Vitart, Andrew W. Robertson. - 1 History of Numerical Weather and Climate Forecasting. - 2 Sub-seasonal to Seasonal Forecasting. - 3 Recent National and International Efforts on Sub-seasonal to Seasonal Prediction. - 4 Structure of This Book. - 2. Weather Forecasting: What Sets the Forecast Skill Horizon? / Zoltan Toth, Roberto Buizza. - 1 Introduction. - 2 The Basics of Numerical Weather Prediction. - 3 The Evolution of NWP Technique. - 4 Enhancement of Predictable signals. - 5 Ensemble Techniques: Brief Introduction. - 6 Expanding the forecast skill Horizon. - 7 Concludmg Remarks: Lessons for S2S Forecasting. - Acknowledgements. - 3. Weather Within Climate: Sub-seasonal Predictability of Tropical Daily Rainfall Characteristics / Vincent Moron, Andrew W. Robertson, Lei Wang. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Data and Methods. - 3 Results. - 4 Discussion and Concluding Remarks. - 4. Identifying Wave Processes Associated With Predictability Across Time Scales: An Empirical Normal Mode Approach / Gilbert Brunet, John Methven. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Partitioning Atmospheric Behavior Using Its Conservation Properties. - 3 The ENM Approach to Observed Data and Models and Its Relevance to S2S Dynamics and Predictability. - 4 Conclusion. - Acknowledgments. - PART II SOURCES OF S2S PREDICTABILITY. - 5. The Madden-Julian Oscillation / Steven J. Woolnough. - 1 Introduction. - 2 The Real-Time Multivariate MJO Index. - 3 Observed MJO Structure. - 4 The Relationship Between the MJO and Tropical and Extratropical Weather. - 5 Theories and Mechanisms for MJO Initiation, Maintenance, and Propagation. - 6 The Representation of the MJO in Weather and Climate Models. - 7 MJO Prediction. - 8 Future Priorities for MJO Research for S2S Prediction. - Acknowledgments. - 6. Extratropical Sub-seasonal to Seasonal Oscillations and Multiple Regimes: The Dynamical Systems View / Michael Ghil, Andreas Groth, Dmitri Kondrashov, Andrew W. Robertson. - 1 Introduction and Motivation. - 2 Multiple Midlatitude Regimes and Low-Frequency Oscillations. - 3 Extratropical Oscillations in the S2S Band. - 4 Low-Order, Data-Driven Modeling, Dynamical Analysis, and Prediction. - 5 Concluding Remarks. - Acknowledgments. - 7. Tropical-Extratropical Interactions and Teleconnections / Hai Lin, Jorgen Frederiksen, David Straus, Christiana Stan. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Tropical Influence on the Extratropical Atmosphere. - 3 Extratropical Influence on the Tropics. - 4 Tropical-Extratropical, Two-Way Interactions. - 5 Summary and Discussion. - Appendix. Technical Matters Relating to Section 4.2. - 8. Land Surface Processes Relevant to Sub-seasonal to Seasonal (S2S) Prediction / Paul A. Dirmeyer, Pierre Gentine, Michael B. Ek, Gianpaolo Balsamo. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Process of Land-Atmosphere Interaction. - 3 A Brief History of Land-Surface Models. - 4 Predictability and Prediction. - 5 Improving Land-Driven Prediction. - 9. Midlatitude Mesoscale Ocean-Atmosphere Interaction and Its Relevance to S2S Prediction / R. Saravanan, P. Chang. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Data and Models. - 3 Mesoscale Ocean-Atmosphere Interaction in the Atmospheric Boundary Layer. - 4 Local Tropospheric Response. - 5 Remote Tropospheric Response. - 6 Impact on Ocean Circulation. - 7 Implications for S2S Prediction. - 8 Summary and Conclusions. - Acknowledgments. - 10. The Role of Sea Ice in Sub-seasonal Predictability / Matthieu Chevallier, François Massonnet, Helge Goessling, Virginie Guémas, Thomas Jung. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Sea Ice in the Coupled Atmosphere-Ocean System. - 3 Sea Ice Distribution, Seasonality, and Variability. - 4 Sources of Sea Ice Predictability at the Sub-seasonal to Seasonal Timescale. - 5 Sea Ice Sub-seasonal to Seasonal - Predictability and Prediction Skill in Models. - 6 Impact of Sea Ice on Sub-seasonal Predictability. - 7 Concluding Remarks. - Acknowledgments. - 11. Sub-seasonal Predictability and the Stratosphere / Amy Butler, Andrew Charlton-Perez, Daniela I. V. Domeisen, Chaim Garfinkel, Edwin P. Gerber, Peter Hitchcock, Alexey Yu. Karpechko, Amanda C. Maycock, Michael Sigmond, Isla Simpson, Seok-Woo Son. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Stratosphere-Troposphere Coup ling in the Tropics. - 3 Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling in the Extratropics. - 4 Predictability Related to Extratropical Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling. - 5 Summary and Outlook. - PART Ill S2S MODELING AND FORECASTING. - 12. Forecast System Design, Configuration, and Complexity / Yuhei Takaya. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Requirements and Constraints of the Operational Sub-seasonal Forecast. - 3 Effect of Ensemble Size and Lagged Ensemble. - 4 Real-Time Forecast Configuration. - 5 Reforecast Configuration. - 6 Summary and Concluding Remarks. - Acknowledgments. - 13. Ensemble Generation: The TIGGE and S2S Ensembles / Roberto Buizza. - 1 Global Sub-seasonal and Seasonal Prediction Is an Initial Value Problem. - 2 Ensembles Provide More Complete and Valuable Information Than Single States. - 3 A Brief Introduction to Data Assimilation. - 4 A Brief Introduction to Model Uncertainty Simulation. - 5 An Overview of Operational, Global, Sub-seasonal, and Seasonal Ensembles, and Their Initialization and Generation Methods. - 6 Ensembles: Considerations About Their Future. - 7 Summary and Key Lessons. - 14. GCMs With Full Representation of Cloud Microphysics and Their MJO Simulations / In-Sik Kang, Min-Seop Ahn, Hiroaki Miura, Aneesh Subramanian. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Global CRM. - 3 Superparameterized GCM. - 4 GCM With Full Representation of Cloud Microphysics and Scale-Adaptive Convection. - 5 Summary and Conclusion. - Acknowledgments. - 15. Forecast Recalibration and Multimodel Combination / Stefan Siegert, David B. Stephenson. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Statistical Methods for Forecast Recalibration. - 3 Regression Methods. - 4 Forecast Combination. - 5 Concluding Remarks. - Acknowledgments. - 16. Forecast Verification for S2S Timescales / Caio A. S. Coelho, Barbara Brown, Laurie Wilson, Marion Mittermaier, Barbara Casati. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Factors Affecting the Design of Verification Studies. - 3 Observational References. - 4 Review of the Most Common Verification Measures. - 5 Types of S2S Forecasts and Current Verification Practices. - 6 Summary, Challenges, and Recommendations in S2S Verification. - PART IV S2S APPLICATIONS. - 17. Sub-seasonal to Seasonal Prediction of Weather Extremes / Frédérik Vitart, Christopher Cunningham, Michael Deflorio, Emanuel Dutra, Laura Ferranti, Brian Golding, Debra Hudson, Charles Jones, Christophe Lavaysse, Joanne Robbins, Michael K. Tippett. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Prediction of Large-Scale, Long-Lasting Extreme Events. - 3 Prediction of Mesoscale Events. - 4 Display and Verification of Sub-seasonal Forecasts of Extreme Events. - 5 Conclusions. - 18. Pilot Experiences in Using Seamless Forecasts for Early Action: The "Ready-Set-Go!" Approach in the Red Cross / Juan Bazo, Roop Singh, Mathieu Destrooper, Erin Coughlan de Perez. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Why Sub-seasonal?. - 3 Case Study: Peru El Niño. - 4 Reflections on the Use of S2S Forecasts. - 5 Conclusions. - 19. Communication and Dissemination of Forecasts and Engaging User Communities / Joanne Robbins, Christopher Cunningham, Rutger Dankers, Matthew Degennaro, Giovanni Dolif, Robyn Duell, Victor Marchezini, Brian Mills, Juan Pablo Sarmiento, Amber Silver, Rachel Trajber, Andrew Watkins. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Sector-Specific Methods and Practices in S2S Forecast Communication, Dissemination, and Engagement. - 3 Guiding principles for improved communication Practices. - 4 Summary and Recommendations for Future Research. - 20. Seamless Prediction of Monsoon Onset and Active/Break Phases / A.
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI G8-19-92586
    Description / Table of Contents: Arctic warming has implications for the functioning of terrestrial Arctic ecosystems, global climate and socioeconomic systems of northern communities. A research gap exists in high spatial resolution monitoring and understanding of the seasonality of permafrost degradation, spring snowmelt and vegetation phenology. This thesis explores the diversity and utility of dense TerraSAR-X (TSX) X-Band time series for monitoring ice-rich riverbank erosion, snowmelt, and phenology of Arctic vegetation at long-term study sites in the central Lena Delta, Russia and on Qikiqtaruk (Herschel Island), Canada. In the thesis the following three research questions are addressed: • Is TSX time series capable of monitoring the dynamics of rapid permafrost degradation in ice-rich permafrost on an intra-seasonal scale and can these datasets in combination with climate data identify the climatic drivers of permafrost degradation? • Can multi-pass and multi-polarized TSX time series adequately monitor seasonal snow cover and snowmelt in small Arctic catchments and how does it perform compared to optical satellite data and field-based measurements? • Do TSX time series reflect the phenology of Arctic vegetation and how does the recorded signal compare to in-situ greenness data from RGB time-lapse camera data and vegetation height from field surveys? To answer the research questions three years of TSX backscatter data from 2013 to 2015 for the Lena Delta study site and from 2015 to 2017 for the Qikiqtaruk study site were used in quantitative and qualitative analysis complimentary with optical satellite data and in-situ time-lapse imagery. The dynamics of intra-seasonal ice-rich riverbank erosion in the central Lena Delta, Russia were quantified using TSX backscatter data at 2.4 m spatial resolution in HH polarization and validated with 0.5 m spatial resolution optical satellite data and field-based time-lapse camera data. Cliff top lines were automatically extracted from TSX intensity images using threshold-based segmentation and vectorization and combined in a geoinformation system with manually digitized cliff top lines from the optical satellite data and rates of erosion extracted from time-lapse cameras. The results suggest that the cliff top eroded at a constant rate throughout the entire erosional season. Linear mixed models confirmed that erosion was coupled with air temperature and precipitation at an annual scale, seasonal fluctuations did not influence 22-day erosion rates. The results highlight the potential of HH polarized X-Band backscatter data for high temporal resolution monitoring of rapid permafrost degradation. The distinct signature of wet snow in backscatter intensity images of TSX data was exploited to generate wet snow cover extent (SCE) maps on Qikiqtaruk at high temporal resolution. TSX SCE showed high similarity to Landsat 8-derived SCE when using cross-polarized VH data. Fractional snow cover (FSC) time series were extracted from TSX and optical SCE and compared to FSC estimations from in-situ time-lapse imagery. The TSX products showed strong agreement with the in-situ data and significantly improved the temporal resolution compared to the Landsat 8 time series. The final combined FSC time series revealed two topography-dependent snowmelt patterns that corresponded to in-situ measurements. Additionally TSX was able to detect snow patches longer in the season than Landsat 8, underlining the advantage of TSX for detection of old snow. The TSX-derived snow information provided valuable insights into snowmelt dynamics on Qikiqtaruk previously not available. The sensitivity of TSX to vegetation structure associated with phenological changes was explored on Qikiqtaruk. Backscatter and coherence time series were compared to greenness data extracted from in-situ digital time-lapse cameras and detailed vegetation parameters on 30 areas of interest. Supporting previous results, vegetation height corresponded to backscatter intensity in co-polarized HH/VV at an incidence angle of 31°. The dry, tall shrub dominated ecological class showed increasing backscatter with increasing greenness when using the cross polarized VH/HH channel at 32° incidence angle. This is likely driven by volume scattering of emerging and expanding leaves. Ecological classes with more prostrate vegetation and higher bare ground contributions showed decreasing backscatter trends over the growing season in the co-polarized VV/HH channels likely a result of surface drying instead of a vegetation structure signal. The results from shrub dominated areas are promising and provide a complementary data source for high temporal monitoring of vegetation phenology. Overall this thesis demonstrates that dense time series of TSX with optical remote sensing and in-situ time-lapse data are complementary and can be used to monitor rapid and seasonal processes in Arctic landscapes at high spatial and temporal resolution.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 131 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Undetermined
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Table of contents List of figures List of tables List of abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost degradation 1.1.2 Snow cover 1.1.3 Vegetation phenology 1.2 Remote sensing of rapid changes 1.2.1 SAR remote sensing 1.2.2 TerraSar-X 1.3 Data and methods 1.4 Aims and objectives 1.5 Study areas and data 1.6 Thesis structure and author contributions 1.6.1 Chapter 2 – Monitoring inter-and intra-seasonal dynamics of rapidly degrading ice-rich permafrost riverbanks in the Lena Delta with TerraSAR-X time series 1.6.2 Chapter 3 – TerraSAR-X time series fill a gap in spaceborne snowmelt monitoring of small Arctic catchments 1.6.3 Chapter 4 – Estimation of Arctic tundra vegetation phenology with TerraSAR-X 2 Monitoring inter-and intra-seasonal dynamics of rapidly degrading ice-rich permafrost riverbanks in the Lena Delta with TerraSAR-X time series 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Data and methods 2.4.1 SAR data and processing 2.4.2 Automated cliff-top line extraction from SAR data 2.4.3 Quantification of cliff-top erosion with the Digital Shoreline Analysis System 2.4.4 Cliff top mapping from optical satellite data 2.4.5 In-situ observations of cliff top erosion 2.4.6 Climate data 2.4.7 Statistical data analysis 2.5 Results 2.5.1 TSX erosion versus in-situ and optical datasets 2.5.2 Inter-and intra-annual cliff-top erosion and climate data 2.5.3 Backscatter time series 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Inter-annual dynamics of cliff-top erosion 2.6.2 Intra-annual dynamics of cliff-top erosion 2.6.3 Backscatter dynamics of tundra and cliff surfaces 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgments 3 TerraSAR-X time series fill a gap in spaceborne snowmelt monitoring of small Arctic catchments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Data and methods 3.4.1 SAR satellite data 3.4.2 Optical satellite data 3.4.3 In-situ time-lapse camera data 3.4.4 Snow Cover Extent from TerraSAR-X 3.4.5 Snow Cover Extent from Landsat 8 3.4.6 Accuracy assessment of TerraSAR-X Snow Cover Extent 3.4.7 Fractional Snow Cover time series analysis 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Evaluation of TSX Snow Cover Extent 3.5.2 Time series of Fractional Snow Cover in all catchments 3.5.3 Time series of Fractional SnowCover in small catchments 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Spatiotemporal monitoring of snowmelt dynamics using TSX 3.6.2 Technical considerations for using TSX for wet snow detection 3.7 Conclusions 3.8 Acknowledgements 3.9 Appendix 4 Relationships between X-Band SAR and vegetation phenology in a low Arctic ecosystem 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Data and methods 4.4.1 In-situ time-lapse phenological cameras 4.4.2 Time-lapse image analysis 4.4.3 SAR satellite data 4.4.4 Backscatter and coherence time series 4.4.5 In-situ vegetation and climate data 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Phenocams 4.5.2 Backscatter dynamics 4.5.3 Coherence dynamics 4.6 Climate data 4.7 Backscatter and vegetation height 4.8 Discussion 4.9 Conclusion 4.10 Acknowledgments 5 Synthesis 5.1 Rapid permafrost disturbance 5.2 Snowmelt dynamics 5.3 Arctic tundra vegetation phenology 5.4 Seasonality and complementarity of TSX 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings and outlook References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI P9-20-93591
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 562 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 24 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-319-46423-7
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology 2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The ecosystem of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop and Christian Wiencke Part I. Atmospheric conditions 2 The atmosphere above Ny-Ålesund : climate and global warming, ozone and surface UV radiation / Marion Maturilli, Inger Hanssen-Bauer, Roland Neuber, Markus Rex, and Kåre Edvardsen Part II. Oceanography, sea ice and underwater light regime 3 The Kongsfjorden Transect : seasonal and inter-annual variability in hydrography / Vigdis Tverberg, Ragnheid Skogseth, Finlo Cottier, Arild Sundfjord, Waldemar Walczowski, Mark E. Inall, Eva Falck, Olga Pavlova, and Frank Nilsen 4 Changes in sea-ice extent and thickness in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard (2003-2016) / Olga Pavlova, Sebastian Gerland, and Haakon Hop 5 The underwater light climate in Kongsfjorden and its ecological implications / Alexey K. Pavlov, Eva Leu, Dieter Hanelt, Inka Bartsch, Ulf Karsten, Stephen R. Hudson, Jean-Charles Gallet, Finlo Cottier, Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, Marion Maturilli, Piotr Kowalczuk, Sławomir Sagan, Justyna Meler, and Mats A. Granskog Part III. Pelagic production, phytoplankton and zooplankton 6 Phytoplankton seasonal dynamics in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard and the adjacent shelf / Else N. Hegseth, Philipp Assmy, Józef M. Wiktor, Józef Wiktor Jr., Svein Kristiansen, Eva Leu, Vigdis Tverberg, Tove M. Gabrielsen, Ragnheid Skogseth, and Finlo Cottier 7 Zooplankton in Kongsfjorden (1996-2016) in relation to climate change / Haakon Hop, Anette Wold, Mikko Vihtakari, Malin Daase, Slawomir Kwasniewski, Marta Gluchowska, Silke Lischka, Friedrich Buchholz and Stig Falk-Petersen Part IV. Benthic microbes, macroalgae and fauna 8 Living on cold substrata : new insights and approaches in the study of microphytobenthos ecophysiology and ecology in Kongsfjorden / Ulf Karsten, Iris Schaub, Jana Woelfel, Duygu S. Sevilgen, Carolin Schlie, Burkhard Becker, Angela Wulff, Martin Graeve, and Heiko Wagner 9 Biodiversity of benthic macro- and microalgae from Svalbard with special focus on Kongsfjorden / Stein Fredriksen, Ulf Karsten, Inka Bartsch, Jana Woelfel, Miriam Koblowsky, Rhena Schumann, Siri Røang Moy, Robert S. Steneck, Józef M. Wiktor, Haakon Hop, and Christian Wiencke 10. Kelps and environmental changes in Kongsfjorden : Stress perception and responses / Kai Bischof, Christian Buschbaum, Stein Frederiksen, Francisco J. L. Gordillo, Sandra Heinrich, Carlos Jiménez, Cornelius Lütz, Markus Molis, Michael Y. Roleda, Max Schwanitz, and Christian Wiencke 11. Ecological drivers of and responses by Arctic benthic communities, with an emphasis on Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Molis, Frank Beuchel, Jürgen Laudien, Maria Włodarska-Kowalczuk, and Christian Buschbaum Part V. Arctic fjord ecosystem model and autonomous marine observatories. 12. Outline of an Arctic fjord ecosystem model for Kongsfjorden-Krossfjorden, Svalbard / Pedro Duarte, Jan Marcin Weslawski, and Haakon Hop 13. Autonomous marine observatories in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop, Finlo Cottier, and Jørgen Berge Part VI. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic 14. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic : knowns, unknowns and research priorities / Kai Bischof, Peter Convey, Pedro Duarte, Jean-Pierre Gattuso, Maria Granberg, Haakon Hop, Clara Hoppe, Carlos Jiménez, Leonid Lisitsyn, Brezo Martinez, Michael Y. Roleda, Peter Thor, Józef M. Wiktor, and Geir Wing Gabrielsen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93465
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 113, xxxvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 Permafrost Degradation 1.1.3 The Arctic Freshwater System and its Biogeochemistry 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Region and Methods 1.3.1 Study Area 1.3.2 Field Sampling and Measurements 1.3.3 Geochemical Analyses 1.3.4 Data Processing 1.4 Thesis Structure 1.5 Author Contributions 2. Spatial Variability of Dissolved Organic Carbon, Solutes and Suspended Sediment in Disturbed Low Arctic Coastal Watersheds 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Site 2.4 Methods 2.4.1 Stream Monitoring 2.4.2 Mapping of Disturbances 2.4.3 Flux Estimates and Statistics 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Catchment Disturbance 2.5.2 Runoff and Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 Lateral Transport of Stream Water 2.5.4 Hydrochemical Composition and Fluxes in Nearby Streams 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Total Runoff and Water Quality 2.6.2 Water Quality Changes from Headwaters to Downstream 2.6.3 Changes in Hydrochemistry and Isotopic Composition over Time 2.6.4 Importance of Disturbances for Hydrochemistry 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Supplementary Material 3. Terrestrial Colored Dissolved Organic Matter (cDOM) in Arctic Catchments - Characterizing Organic Matter Composition Across the Arctic 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Study Area 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Field Methods and Hydrochemistry 3.3.2 Statistical Analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Meteorological Conditions and General Hydrochemistry 3.4.2 DOC and cDOM Absorption Characteristics 3.4.3 Downstream Patterns of DOC and cDOM Along Longitudinal Transects 3.4.4 Temporal Trends ofDOC and cDOM with Changing Meteorological Conditions 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Limitations of cDOM Measurements from Terrestrial Sources 3.5.2 Catchment Processes and Biogeochemical Cycling 3.5.2.1 Regional Catchment Properties 3.5.2.2 Rainfall Events 3.5.2.3 Downstream Patterns and Impact of Permafrost Disturbance 3.5.3 Nature of cDOM-DOC Across the Terrestrial Arctic 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Supplementary Material 4. Summer Rainfall DOC, Solute and Sediment Fluxes in a Small Arctic Coastal Catchment on Herschel Island (Yukon Territory, Canada) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Site 4.4 Methodology 4.4.1 Weather data 4.4.2 Hydrology 4.4.3 Suspended Sediment and Hydrochemistry 4.4.4 Flux Estimates and Statistics 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Meteorological Conditions 4.5.2 Streamflow and Electrical Conductivity 4.5.3 Transport of Suspended Sediment and Organic Matter 4.5.4 Solute Transport 4.5.5 Alluvial Fan Sampling 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Hydrological Response 4.6.2 Water Quality and Fluxes 4.6.3 Rainfall Response and Flow Pathways 4.7 Conclusions 4.8 Supplementary Material 5. Synthesis 5.1 Impacts of Permafrost Degradation on Stream Biogeochemistry 5.2 Controls on DOM Quality across the Arctic 5.3 Biogeochemical Fluxes from Small Coastal Catchments to the Arctic Ocean 5.4 Challenges 5.5 Outlook Acronyms Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    München : C.H. Beck
    Call number: AWI A2-20-93900
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 144 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: 2., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783406736162 , 978-3-406-73615-5 , 3-406-73615-7
    Series Statement: C.H. Beck Wissen 2853
    Former Title: Vorangegangen ist Edenhofer, Ottmar, 1961 - Klimapolitik
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Titel Zum Buch Über die Autoren Widmung Impressum Inhalt Vorwort 1. Das Klimaproblem und die Klimapolitik Welche Risiken birgt der Klimawandel? Was ist mit der Vermeidung gefährlichen Klimawandels gemeint? Internationale Klimapolitik als Wette 2. Die Bestandsaufnahme der Klimapolitik Die Entwicklung der Emissionen Das Wirtschafts- und Bevölkerungswachstum Die Renaissance der Kohle und das Angebot fossiler Energieträger Abholzung und Landnutzung Energieeffizienz und erneuerbare Energien 3. Ziele und Wege der Klimapolitik Das 2 °C-Ziel als langfristige Klimapolitik Die Pfade der Transformation Dem technischen Fortschritt eine neue Richtung geben Die Kosten und Risiken des Klimaschutzes Wachstumsverzicht und Klimaschutz Anpassung - auch bei erfolgreicher Klimapolitik unvermeidlich Solar Radiation Management - der letzte Pfeil im Köcher? 4. Instrumente und Institutionen der Klimapolitik Ein Preis für Emissionen und andere Politikinstrumente Warum wir internationale Klimapolitik benötigen Das Paradoxon internationaler Vereinbarungen Die internationalen Verhandlungen Nach Paris: Vorschläge für die Ausgestaltung der internationalen Klimapolitik Die Klimapolitik der Europäischen Union Die deutsche Energiewende und der Klimaschutz Klimapolitik, Ungleichheit und Armutsbekämpfung 5. Die Rolle der Wissenschaft in der Klimapolitik Der Weltklimarat (IPCC) Der IPCC und die Modelle der wissenschaftlichen Politikberatung Die künftigen Herausforderungen für den IPCC Narrative der Klimapolitik Ausblick Weiterführende Literatur Quellen für Daten und Grafiken Register
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: AWI A4-20-93991
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the Arctic regions of the earth have warmed at a rate 2–3 times faster than the global average– a phenomenon called Arctic Amplification. A complex, non-linear interplay of physical processes and unique pecularities in the Arctic climate system is responsible for this, but the relative role of individual processes remains to be debated. This thesis focuses on the climate change and related processes on Svalbard, an archipelago in the North Atlantic sector of the Arctic, which is shown to be a "hotspot" for the amplified recent warming during winter. In this highly dynamical region, both oceanic and atmospheric large-scale transports of heat and moisture interfere with spatially inhomogenous surface conditions, and the corresponding energy exchange strongly shapes the atmospheric boundary layer. In the first part, Pan-Svalbard gradients in the surface air temperature (SAT) and sea ice extent (SIE) in the fjords are quantified and characterized. This analysis is based on observational data from meteorological stations, operational sea ice charts, and hydrographic observations from the adjacent ocean, which cover the 1980–2016 period. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, 123 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Context: A rapidly changing Arctic 1.1.1 Documentation of recent changes in the Arctic 1.1.2 Research relevance 1.1.3 Objective: Svalbard as a hotspot for climate change 1.2 Physical Background 1.2.1 Radiation and surface energy balance 1.2.2 Peculiarities of the Arctic climate system 1.2.3 Role of atmospheric circulation 1.3 The regional setup on Svalbard 2 data and methods 2.1 Data description 2.1.1 Era-Interim atmospheric reanalysis 2.1.2 Svalbard Station Meteorology 2.1.3 Sea Ice Extent 2.1.4 Ocean data products 2.1.5 FLEXTRA Trajectories 2.2 Statistical Methods 2.2.1 Trend estimation 2.2.2 Correlation 2.2.3 Coefficient of Determination 3 state of surface climate parameters: pan-svalbard differences 3.1 Motivation 3.2 Surface air temperature 3.2.1 Annual cycle 3.2.2 Annual temperature range 3.2.3 Long-term trends 3.3 Fjord Sea Ice coverage 3.3.1 Climatology 3.3.2 Sea ice cover trends 3.3.3 Regional classification across Svalbard 3.3.4 Drivers of regional differences 3.4 Discussion and Conclusion 3.5 Current state of climate projections for the Svalbard region 4 Air mass back trajectories 4.1 Methodology 4.2 Winter 4.2.1 Source Regions of Ny-Ålesund Air 4.2.2 Circulation changes 4.2.3 Quantification of Advective Warming 4.3 Summer 4.3.1 Source Regions of Ny-Ålesund Air 4.3.2 Circulation changes 4.3.3 Quantification of advective cooling 4.3.4 Observational Case Study: May/June 2017 4.4 Discussion and Conclusion 5 Changing drivers of the arctic near surface temperature budget 5.1 Winter 5.2 Summer 5.3 Summary 6 Summary and conclusion A Details on calculations A.1 SLP composite Index A.2 Derivation of coefficient of determination A.3 Temperature effect of changing source regions over time B Supplementary figures Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Carl Heymanns Verlag
    Call number: AWI S5-19-92101
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 311 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783452291295 , 3452291294
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92461
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVI, 203 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Permafrost in the Northern Hemisphere 1.1.2 The permafrost carbon climate feedback 1.1.3 Rapidly changing, deep permafrost environments 1.2 Aims of this dissertation 1.3 Investigated study areas 1.4 Basic method overview 1.4.1 Field work in the Arctic 1.4.2 Laboratory procedure 1.4.3 Analysis ofl andscape-scale carbon and nitrogen stocks 1.5 Thesis organization 1.6 Overview of publications 1.6.1 Publication#1 - Yedoma landscape publication 1.6.2 Publication#2 - Thermokarst lake sequence publication 1.6.3 Publication#3 - North Alaska Arctic river delta publication 1.6.4 Extended Abstract - Western Alaska river delta study 1.6.5 Appendices - Supplementary material and paper in preparation II Carbon and nitrogen pools in thermokarst-affected permafrost landscapes in Arctic Siberia 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and methods 2.3.1 Study area 2.3.2 Field Work 2.3.3 Laboratory analysis 2.3.4 Landform classification and upscaling C and N pools 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Sedimentological results 2.4.2 Sampling site SOC and N stocks 2.4.3 Upscaling: Landscape SOC and N stocks 2.4.4 Radiocarbon dates 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Site specific soil organic C and N stock characteristics 2.5.2 Upscaling of C and N pools 2.5.3 Sediment and organic C accumulation rates 2.5.4 Characterizing soil organic carbon 2.5.5 The fate of organic carbon in thermokarst-affected yedoma in Siberia 2.6 Conclusions III Impacts of successive thermokarst lake stages on soil organic matter, Arctic Alaska 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Plain language summary 3.3 Introduction 3.4 Study site 3.5 Methods 3.5.1 Core collection 3.5.2 Biogeochemical analyses 3.5.3 Study area OC and N calculation 3.6 Results 3.6.1 Biogeochemistry 3.6.2 Sediment organic carbon and nitrogen stocks 3.6.3 Radiocarbon dates and carbon accumulation rates 3.6.4 Landscape C and N budget 3.7 Discussion 3.7.1 Impact of thermokarst lake dynamics on organic matter storage 3.7.2 High organic C and N stocks on the ACP 3.7.3 Landscape chronology 3.7.4 Organic matter accumulation 3.7.5 Future development 3.8 Conclusions IV Sedimentary and geochemical characteristics of two small permafrost-dominated Arctic river deltas in northern Alaska 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Material and Methods 4.4.1 Soil organic carbon and soil nitrogen storage 4.4.2 Radiocarbon dating and organic carbon accumulation rates 4.4.3 Grain size distribution 4.4.4 Scaling carbon and nitrogen contents to landscape level 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Carbon and nitrogen contents 4.5.2 Radiocarbon dates and accumulation rates 4.5.3 Grain size distribution 4.5.4 Arctic river delta carbon and nitrogen storage 4.6. Discussion 4.6.1 Significance of carbon and nitrogen stocks in Arctic river deltas 4.6.2 SOC and SN distribution with depth 4.6.3 Sedimentary characteristics 4.6.3.1 Accumulation rates 4.6.3.2 Sediment distribution 4.6.4 Impacts of future changes 4.6.5 Significance of remotely sensed upscaling results 4.7 Conclusions V Soil carbon and nitrogen stocks in Arctic river deltas - New data for three Western Alaskan deltas 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study sites 5.4 Methods 5.5 Results and discussion 5.5 Conclusions VI Discussion 6.1 Interregional comparison 6.2 Changing thermokarst landscapes and their global impact 6.3 A growing C and N data base 6.4 Outlook - potential follow-up projects VII Synthesis VIII References Appendix A Synthesis of SOC and N inventories Appendix B Supplementary material to Chapter II Appendix C Supplementary material to Chapter III Appendix D Supplementary material to Chapter IV Appendix E Supplementary material to Chapter V Appendix F Arctic river delta data set - Version 1.0 Acknowledgements - Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: AWI G5-20-94097
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Table of contents Abstract Kurzfassung Table of contents Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 The challenge of proxy uncertainties 1.2 Aims and approaches 1.3 Thesis outline and author's contributions Chapter 2: Comparing methods for analysing time scale dependent correlations in irregularly sampled time series data 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Methods 2.3.1 Time scale dependency 2.3.2 Irregularity 2.3.3 Surrogate data 2.3.3.1 Construction of surrogate signals 2.3.3.2 Construction of irregular sampling 2.3.4 Evaluation of the estimation methods 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Correlation of red signal - white noise time series 2.4.2 Correlation of white signal - white noise time series 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Effect of irregularity and non-simultaneousness in sampling 2.5.2 Choosing the best method 2.5.2.1 Handling irregularity 2.5.2.2 Accounting for time scale dependency 2.5.3 Example application to observed proxy records 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Computer code availability 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Appendix 2-A. Significance test for time scale dependent correlation estimates Chapter 3: Empirical estimate of the signal content of Holocene temperature proxy records 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Data 3.3,1 Proxy records 3.3.2 Climate model simulations 3.4 Method 3.4.1 Approach and assumptions 3.4.2 Spatial correlation structure of model vs. reanalysis data 3.4.3 Processing steps 3.4.3.1 Estimation of the spatial correlation structure 3.4.3.2 Estimation of the SNRs 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Spatial correlation structure and correlation decay length 3.5.2 SNR estimates 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Spatial correlation structure of model simulations 3.6.2 Finite number of proxy records 3.6.3 Proxy-specific recording of climate variables 3.6.4 Time uncertainty and non-climatic components of the proxy signal 3.6.5 Implications and future steps forward 3.7 Conclusion 3.8 Code availability 3.9 Data availability 3.10 Acknowledgements Chapter 4: Testing the consistency of Holocene and Last Glacial Maximum spatial correlations in temperature proxy records 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Data 4.4 Method 4.4.1 Approach and assumptions 4.4.2 Holocene and LGM spatial correlation structure from climate model simulation 4.4.3 Effect of changes in climate variability on the predicted correlations 4.4.4 Effect of changes in time uncertainty on the predicted correlations 4.4.S Estimating the surrogate-based LGM spatial correlation and accounting for parameter uncertainty 4.5 Results 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Proxy-specific recording and finite number of records 4.6.2 Time uncertainty of proxy records 4.6.3 Contrary behaviour of U K'37 records 4.6.4 Spatial correlation structure and orbital trends 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 4.9 Appendix 4-A. Deriving the effect of a different signal variance on the correlation Chapter 5: Synthesis 5.1 Irregular sampling and time scale dependent correlations 5.2 Spatial correlation structure of proxy records 5.3 Consistency of spatial correlations for different climate states 5.4 Signal content of proxy records 5.5 Concluding remarks and Outlook Chapter A: Supplement of Chapter 3 - Empirical estimate of the signal content of Holocene temperature proxy records A.1 Supplementary Figures A.2 Supplementary Tables Chapter B: Supplement of Chapter 4 - Testing the consistency of Holocene and Last Glacial Maximum spatial correlations of temperature proxy records 8.1 Supplementary Figures 8.2 Supplementary Tables References Danksagung Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: AWI G8-19-92587
    Description / Table of Contents: Arctic tundra ecosystems are experiencing warming twice the global average and Arctic vegetation is responding in complex and heterogeneous ways. Shifting productivity, growth, species composition, and phenology at local and regional scales have implications for ecosystem functioning as well as the global carbon and energy balance. Optical remote sensing is an effective tool for monitoring ecosystem functioning in this remote biome. However, limited field-based spectral characterization of the spatial and temporal heterogeneity limits the accuracy of quantitative optical remote sensing at landscape scales. To address this research gap and support current and future satellite missions, three central research questions were posed: • Does canopy-level spectral variability differ between dominant low Arctic vegetation communities and does this variability change between major phenological phases? • How does canopy-level vegetation colour images recorded with high and low spectral resolution devices relate to phenological changes in leaf-level photosynthetic pigment concentrations? • How does spatial aggregation of high spectral resolution data from the ground to satellite scale influence low Arctic tundra vegetation signatures and thereby what is the potential of upcoming hyperspectral spaceborne systems for low Arctic vegetation characterization? To answer these questions a unique and detailed database was assembled. Field-based canopy-level spectral reflectance measurements, nadir digital photographs, and photosynthetic pigment concentrations of dominant low Arctic vegetation communities were acquired at three major phenological phases representing early, peak and late season. Data were collected in 2015 and 2016 in the Toolik Lake Research Natural Area located in north central Alaska on the North Slope of the Brooks Range. In addition to field data an aerial AISA hyperspectral image was acquired in the late season of 2016. Simulations of broadband Sentinel-2 and hyperspectral Environmental and Mapping Analysis Program (EnMAP) satellite reflectance spectra from ground-based reflectance spectra as well as simulations of EnMAP imagery from aerial hyperspectral imagery were also obtained. Results showed that canopy-level spectral variability within and between vegetation communities differed by phenological phase. The late season was identified as the most discriminative for identifying many dominant vegetation communities using both ground-based and simulated hyperspectral reflectance spectra. This was due to an overall reduction in spectral variability and comparable or greater differences in spectral reflectance between vegetation communities in the visible near infrared spectrum. Red, green, and blue (RGB) indices extracted from nadir digital photographs and pigment-driven vegetation indices extracted from ground-based spectral measurements showed strong significant relationships. RGB indices also showed moderate relationships with chlorophyll and carotenoid pigment concentrations. The observed relationships with the broadband RGB channels of the digital camera indicate that vegetation colour strongly influences the response of pigment-driven spectral indices and digital cameras can track the seasonal development and degradation of photosynthetic pigments. Spatial aggregation of hyperspectral data from the ground to airborne, to simulated satel-lite scale was influenced by non-photosynthetic components as demonstrated by the distinct shift of the red edge to shorter wavelengths. Correspondence between spectral reflectance at the three scales was highest in the red spectrum and lowest in the near infra-red. By artificially mixing litter spectra at different proportions to ground-based spectra, correspondence with aerial and satellite spectra increased. Greater proportions of litter were required to achieve correspondence at the satellite scale. Overall this thesis found that integrating multiple temporal, spectral, and spatial data is necessary to monitor the complexity and heterogeneity of Arctic tundra ecosystems. The identification of spectrally similar vegetation communities can be optimized using non-peak season hyperspectral data leading to more detailed identification of vegetation communities. The results also highlight the power of vegetation colour to link ground-based and satellite data. Finally, a detailed characterization non-photosynthetic ecosystem components is crucial for accurate interpretation of vegetation signals at landscape scales.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 126 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background and Motivation 1.1.1 Arctic Tundra Vegetation 1.1.2 Remote Sensing of Arctic Tundra Vegetation 1.1.3 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Arctic Vegetation 1.2 Aims and Objectives 1.3 Study Area and Data 1.3.1 Toolik Lake Research Natural Area 1.3.2 In-situ Canopy-level Spectral Data 1.3.3 True-colour Digital Photographs 1.3.4 Leaf-level Photosynthetic Pigment Data 1.3.5 Airborne AISA Imagery 1.3.6 Simulated EnMAP and Sentinel-2 Reflectance Spectra 1.3.7 Simulated EnMAP Imagery 1.4 Thesis Structure and Author Contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 -A Phenological Approach to Spectral Differentiation of Low-Arctic Tundra Vegetation Communities, North Slope Alaska 1.4.2 Chapter 3 -Monitoring Pigment-driven Vegetation Changes in a Low Arctic Tundra Ecosystem Using Digital Cameras 1.4.3 Implications of Litter and Non-vascular Components on Multiscale Hyperspectral Data in a low-Arctic Ecosystem 2 A Phenological Approach to Spectral Differentiation of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation Communities, North Slope Alaska 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Site and Low Arctic Vegetation Types 2.3.2 Ground-Based Data and Sampling Protocol 2.3.3 EnMAP and Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Simulation 2.3.4 Stable Wavelength Identification Using the InStability Index 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Characteristics by Phenological Phase 2.4.2 InStability Index and Wavelength Selection of Ground-based Spectra 2.4.3 InStability Index and Wavelength Selection of Simulated Satellite Reflectance Spectra 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Phenological Phase and Wavelength Stability of Ground-based Spectra 2.5.2 Phenological Phase and Wavelength Stability of Satellite Resampled Spectra 2.5.3 Influence of Spatial Scale 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Supplementary Material 2.8.1 Data Publication 3 Monitoring Pigment-driven Vegetation Changes in a Low Arctic Tundra Ecosystem Using Digital Cameras 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study Site 3.3.2 Digital Photographs 3.3.3 Field-based Spectral Data 3.3.4 Vegetation Pigment Concentration 3.3.5 Data Analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 RGB Indices as a Surrogate for Pigment-driven Spectral Indices 3.4.2 RGB Indices as a Surrogate for Leaf-level Pigment concentration 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Supplementary Material 3.7.1 Data Publication 4 Implications of Litter and Non-vascular Components on Multiscale Hyperspectral Data in a Low Arctic Ecosystem 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and Methods 4.3.1 Study Site 4.4 Remote Sensing Data 4.4.1 Ground-based Image Spectroscopy Data 4.4.2 Airborne AISA Hyperspectral Data 4.4.3 EnMAP Simulation 4.4.4 Spectral Comparison by Wavelength 4.4.5 Linear Mixture Analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Spatial Scaling of Spectral Signals 4.6 Discussion 4.7 Conclusions 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Phenological Phase: does phenology influence the spectral variability of dominant low Arctic vegetation communities? 5.2 Vegetation Colour: How does canopy-level vegetation colour relate to phenological changes in leaf-level photosynthetic pigment concentration? 5.3 Intrinsic Ecosystem Components: How does spatial aggregation of high spectral resolution data influence low Arctic tundra vegetation signals? 5.4 Key Innovations 5.5 Limitations and Technical Considerations 5.6 Outlook: Opportunities for Future Research 6 References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: AWI P7-19-93234 ; IASS 19.93234 ; PIK N 454-20-93234
    In: World ocean review, 6
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 329 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-634-8
    Series Statement: World ocean review 6
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Arktis und Antarktis – Naturräume in Poleposition Eine kurze Geschichte der Polarregionen Der Mensch erobert die Polargebiete Conclusio: Arktis und Antarktis – zwei grundverschiedene Polargebiete Die Polargebiete als Teil des globalen Klimasystems Warum es in den Polarregionen so kalt wird Eisschollen, Eisschilde und das Meer Conclusio: Eine Kettenreaktion mit frostigem Ende Die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf die Polarregionen Die Pfade der Wärme Der Rückzug des Eises Conclusio: Mehr Wärme – viel weniger Eis Die Flora und Fauna der Polarregionen Ein Leben in der Kälte Das Leben im Meer Polare Ökosysteme auf dem Rückzug Conclusio: Hochspezialisiert und extrem gefährdet Politik und Wirtschaft in den Polarregionen Die Arktis und die Antarktis als politische Arenen Ein Wirtschaftsaufschwung mit Nebenwirkungen Conclusio: Wachsendes Interesse an den Polarregionen Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Deutsch
    Uniform Title: Frozen-ground cartoons
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bonn : Rheinwerk Verlag
    Call number: AWI S4-20-94030
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1380 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm x 19 cm
    Edition: 2., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 3836263858 , 9783836263856
    Series Statement: Rheinwerk Computing
    URL: Cover
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt TEIL I Brave New World? 1 Die neue alte Welt der Virtualisierung 1.1 V2 1.2 Vorbemerkungen 1.2.1 Verwendete Formatierungen 1.2.2 Weiterführende Hinweise 1.2.3 Beispieldateien 1.3 Was dieses Buch sein/nicht sein soll 1.3.1 Was es sein soll 1.3.2 Was es nicht sein soll und nicht ist 1.4 Wie dieses Buch zu lesen ist 1.4.1 Grundsätzliches 1.4.2 Kapitel/Teile und Zielgruppen im groben Überblick 1.5 Welche Teile des Buchs sind neu, welche wurden stark überabeitet? 1.6 In welchen Kapiteln finde ich welche Themen? 1.6.1 Themen nach Abschnitten/Schlagworten mit grundlegenden Erklärungen 1.7 Verwendete Plattformen und Versionsspezifikationen 1.7.1 Vorbetrachtungen 1.7.2 Container-OS und die Zukunft 2 Container 2.1 Warum Container? 2.2 Microservices, Container und der pawlowsche Hund 2.2.1 Wie erkläre ich es meinem CEO? 2.2.2 Die neue Welt der Microservices: Admins, DevOps-und Container-Teams 2.2.3 Die neue Welt der Microservices: aus der Perspektive der CEOs/Entscheider 2.3 Continuous Delivery/Continuous Integration und DevOps 2.3.1 Semi- oder vollautomatisch:Continuous Integration/Continuous Delivery 2.3.2 CD/CI und das Big-Bang-Release-Problem 2.4 Continuous Delivery 2.4.1 Was verstehen wir darunter? 2.4.2 Continuous Delivery Pipelines 2.4.3 Commit-Stage 2.4.4 Acceptance-Test-Stage 2.4.5 Exkurs: Acceptance-Tests und Dreieinigkeit 2.4.6 Load/Capacity-, Security- und Exploration-Tests 2.4.7 Rollout/Go-Live 2.4.8 Die Gates 2.4.9 Fazit: Wo kann CD nutzbringend eingesetzt werden? 2.4.10 Jenkins-Integration in Kubernetes 2.5 DevOps: Gewaltenteilung oder Kooperation? 2.5.1 Grundsätzliche Betrachtungen 2.5.2 Vom DevOps-Paradigma/Hype zum Unwort 2.5.3 Kommunikationsblackouts im DevOps-Team 2.5.4 Das konkrete DevOps-Problem im klassischen Umfeld 2.5.5 »Works for me« und anderer Nonsens im DevOps-Business - und ein Ausweg? 2.5.6 BizDevOps - und noch eine Silbe TEIL II Single-Node Container-Systeme 3 Container-Engines und -Plattformen, Basicsund Konzepte 3.1 World of Tiers - Teil 1 3.2 Container-Basics 3.2.1 Namespaces, Security und Container-Konzepte 3.2.2 Enter Namespace - nsenter 3.2.3 Namespaces und Sicherheit? 3.3 VMs - obsolet durch Container? 3.3.1 Container vs. VM 3.3.2 Packungsdichte und Ressourcen 3.4 Wann sind Container sinnvoll? 3.5 Container-Engines/Container-Runtime und Komponenten im Überblick 3.5.1 Von LXC zu Docker 3.5.2 Docker 3.5.3 libcontainer, containerd und runC 3.5.4 runC, containerd und shim im Docker-Kontext 3.5.5 runC als eigenständiges Container-Tool 3.5.6 (cri-)containerd - Wirrwarr im Kubernetes-Kontext 3.5.7 LXD 3.5.8 CoreOS bzw. Container-Linux und Rocket/rkt 3.5.9 CRI-O 3.6 Überblick der Container-Formate 3.6.1 OCI -... Standardisierung? 3.6.2 Runtime Specs 3.6.3 Image-Format 3.6.4 Das BSI und die lieben Container 3.6.5 Fazit 3.7 Container: eine funktionale Übersicht 3.7.1 Aufbau eines Container-Hosts 3.7.2 Docker-Images 3.7.3 Anzahl der Layer 4 Docker 4.1 Docker-Versionen 4.1.1 Docker-Versionen, wichtige Meilensteine und Inkompatibilitäten 4.1.2 Docker-LTS-Versionen und die Enterprise Edition 4.1.3 DDC, CE, EEB, EES, EEA - und der beständige Wechsel im Docker-Land 4.1.4 Betrachtete Plattformen und Docker-Versionen 4.1.5 Funktionaler Überblick: Docker CU, dockerd, Registry 4.2 Docker-Installation 4.2.1 Paketnamen und Dependencies 4.2.2 Docker-Installation unter Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 4.2.3 Docker-Installation unter RHEL/CentOS ≥ 7.4 4.2.4 Docker-Version unter CaaSP 4.2.5 CaaSP- und BTRFS/Docker-Problematiken 4.2.6 CaaSP-spezifische Docker-Konfigurationsdateien 4.2.7 Installation der Commercially Supported Docker-Engine 4.2.8 Docker CE, EE 4.2.9 Storage-Driver-Nonsens unter Docker CE und EE 4.2.10 Distributionsunabhängige Installation von Docker 4.3 Deinstallation, Upgrade oder Umstellung auf andere Storage-Backends 4.3.1 Deinstallation 4.3.2 Upgrade 4.3.3 Umstellung des Storage-Backends 4.4 Docker und systemd-lntegration 4.4.1 systemd-Service-Units für Docker 4.5 Docker und Proxies 4.5.1 Docker-Daemon hinter einem Proxy betreiben 4.5.2 Docker-Client-Settings für Proxies (Docker ≥ 17.07) 4.5.3 Docker-Client- bzw. Image-Settings für Proxies (Docker ≤ 17.06) 4.6 Docker im Betrieb 4.6.1 Permanente Diensteinbindung 4.6.2 Lokale HA 4.6.3 Verbose Mode 4.6.4 Status-Überprüfung/Features 4.6.5 Docker-Systeminformationen 4.6.6 Docker-Daemon-Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten 4.6.7 Mögliche Startoptionen/Schalter des Docker-Daemons 4.6.8 Konfiguration per /etc/docker/daemon.json 4.6.9 Alternatives Docker-Verzeichnis als Konfigurationsbeispiel 4.6.10 Docker-CLI-Konfiguration 4.6.11 Docker-Plugins 4.7 Docker-Image-Management - Basics 4.7.1 Auszug der Docker-CLI-Subkommandos 4.7.2 CLI-Strukturen seit Docker 1.13 4.7.3 docker Container- und image-Subkommandos 4.7.4 Einfaches Image-Management 4.7.5 Docker-Namensräume und das Default-Registry-Problem 4.7.6 Docker-Images (unter docker.io) suchen 4.7.7 Image-Schema-Versionen 4.7.8 Offizielles CentOS-lmage von docker.io pullen 4.7.9 Lokal verfügbare Docker-Images listen und filtern 4.7.10 Meta-Informationen von lokalen Images abfragen 4.7.11 Images löschen 4.7.12 docker save & load Images 4.7.13 Dangling Images: The good and the bad 〈none〉:〈none〉 4.7.14 Build-History eines Images inspizieren 4.8 Trusted Images 4.8.1 Ein eigenes, generisches Trusted Basis-Image erzeugen 4.8.2 Gescriptete Image-Erzeugung (YUM Based) 4.8.3 Mikro-Image »from scratch« mit go 4.8.4 Red Hats Container Health Index 4.8.5 Mikro-Image einer Legacy-Applikation 4.8.6 Transformation von Legacy-Apps in Images 4.8.7 Images: grundlegende Security-relevante Betrachtungen 4.9 Betrieb und Management von Docker-Containern 4.9.1 Kurzübersicht der relevanten Docker-CLI-Kommandos 4.9.2 Neues »docker container«-Subkommando 4.9.3 docker history 4.9.4 Container starten-docker [Container] run 4.9.5 Docker-Registry, Image, Container run, lokaler Datastore -the Big Picture 4.9.6 (Random-)Container-Names und automatische Löschung (run -rm ) 4.9.7 Container-HA: automatische Restarts 4.9.8 docker [Container] run --readonly 4.9.9 Detached Container im Hintergrund starten 4.9.10 Auflisten von Container-Instanzen - docker ps 4.9.11 Starten und Stoppen existierender Container 4.9.12 docker [Container] rename 4.9.13 Container-Instanzen löschen: docker [Container] rm/prune 4.9.14 docker [Container] attach-Optionen 4.9.15 Befehle im laufenden Container ausführen: docker [Container] exec 4.9.16 docker [Container] create 4.9.17 Container-Instanzen exportieren und als Images importieren 4.9.18 Kopieren von Daten: Container zwischen Host 4.9.19 docker Checkpoint 4.10 Prozessverwaltung im Container 4.10.1 docker top 4.10.2 Prozesse im Container beenden 4.10.3 docker wait und Return/Exit-Codes 4.10.4 Den Container und alle in ihm laufenden Prozesse temporär pausieren 4.10.5 Live-Events mit docker events 4.11 Container-Capabilities/Privilegien 4.11.1 Prüfung und Auslesen der Capabilities 4.12 Docker Logging 4.12.1 Log-Driver 4.12.2 Zentralisierte Logs für Container-Instanzen 4.12.3 Container-Logs mit docker logs 4.13 Einfache Applikationen im Container 4.13.1 Vorbetrachtungen 4.13.2 Installation von Applikationen im gestarteten Container 4.14 Image-Modifikationen committen und taggen 4.14.1 Commit- Beispiel 4.14.2 Nachträgliches Taggen von Images 4.14.3 Exkurs - die :latest-Problematik 4.15 Layer-Strukturen 4.15.1 Verzeichnisstrukturen auf dem lokalen Docker-Host 4.15.2 Was ist beim letzten Commit passiert, wo liegt der neue Layer? 4.15.3 IDs der RW-Layer von gestarteten Containern und Querbezüge 4.15.4 Layer-Analyse und Flattening (Zusammenfassung) 4.16 Limitierte Container-Instanzen 4.16.1 docker [Container] stats 4.16.2 Mögliche Limitierungen 4.16.3 Beispiele aus der Praxis für limitierte Container-Instanzen 4.16.4 Nachträgliche Limitierung 4.17 Docker-Images erstellen (docker build) und verwalten 4.17.1 Best-Practice/File-Hierarchie 4.17.2 docker [image] build 4.17.3 Dockerfile-Direktiven/Instruktionen 4.17.4 Build-Anwendungsbeispiel: Apache-Container 4.17.5 Bu
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94774
    Description / Table of Contents: The collection of articles contains the latest materials on the state of study of biological resources of the State Nature Reserve Ust-Lensky and adjacent territories. Information on the distribution of fungi of resource value is given. An overview of the state of study of the algae of the Lena Delta and adjacent areas, an annotated list of algae, indicating the authors of the study and the collection points of the actual material. The distribution of tree and shrub vegetation (larch and alder) on the border of the tundra zone, within the protected area «Sokol» (right Bank of the Lena river) is considered. Data on the structure and distribution of the f ish and birds of the Lena Delta are presented. The information about the current state and features of the ecology of a large ungulates mammal introduced in the territory of the reserve — muskox is given.
    Description / Table of Contents: Сборник содержит новейшие материалы о состоянии изученности биологических ресурсов Усть-Ленского государственного природного заповедника и прилежащих к нему территорий. Представлены сведения о распространении грибов, имеющих ресурсное значение. Приведены обзор состояния изученности альгофлоры дельты р. Лена и прилежащих к ней территорий, а также аннотированный список водорослей с указанием авторов исследования и пунктов сбора фактического материала.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 111 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-02-038848-2
    Series Statement: Serija "Ust'-Lenskij Gosudarstvennyj prirodnyj zapovednik: biologičeskoe raznoobrazie" = Series "State nature reserve Ust-Lensky: biological diversity" Vyp. 2
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ МИКОБИОТА УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКОГО ЗАПОВЕДНИКА / Михалева, Л.Г. ВОДОРОСЛИ УСТЬЕВОЙ ОБЛАСТИ РЕКИ ЛЕНА / Габышев, В.А., Царенко, П.М., Иванова, А.П. РАСПРОСТРАНЕНИЕ ЛИСТВЕННИЦЫ КАЯНДЕРА (LARIX CAJANDERI) И ОЛЬХОВНИКА (DUSCHEКIA FRUТICOSA) В ПРАВОБЕРЕЖЬЕ РЕКИ ЛЕНА, НА УЧАСТКЕ «СОКОЛ» УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКОГО ЗАПОВЕДНИКА / Николин, Е.Г., Якшина, И.А. РЫБЫ ДЕЛЬТЫ РЕКИ ЛЕНА НА ТЕРРИТОРИИ ЗАПОВЕДНИКА «УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКИЙ» / Корякин, П.Д. ПТИЦЫ ДЕЛЬТЫ РЕКИ ЛЕНА / Поздняков, В.И. ОВЦЕБЫК (OV/805 MOSCHATUS) В НИЖНЕЙ ЧАСТИ РЕКИ ЛЕНА / Кириллин, Е.В., Ануфриев, А.И., Охлопков, И.М. , CONTENT Mycobiota of the Ust-Lena reserve / Mikhaleva, L.G. Algae of the Lena river mouth area / Gabyshev, V.A., Tsarenko, P.M., Ivanova, A.P. Distribution of Cajander larch (Larix cajander) and alder (Duschekia Fruticosa) in the right bank of the Lena river in the Sokol site of the Ust-Lena reserve / Nikolin, E.G., Yakshina, I.A. Fishes of the Lena river delta in the territory of the Ust-Lensky reserve / Koryakin, P.D. Birds of the Lena delta / Pozdnyakov, V.I. Musk Ox (OV/805 MOSCHATUS) in the lower part of the Lena river / Kirillin, E.V., Anufriev, A.I., Okhlopkov, I.M.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91326
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 279 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783110402421
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Origin and characters of silicon and its isotopes. - 1.2 A brief description of silicon geochemistry. - 1.3 The history of silicon isotope studies. - 2 Analytical methods of silicon isotope composition. - 2.1 Gas source isotope ratio mass spectrometric analysis of silicon isotopes. - 2.2 Multi-collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometric (MC-ICPMS) analysis of silicon isotopes. - 2.3 Secondary ion mass spectrometry analyses. - 2.4 Standards and reference materials for silicon isotope measurement. - 2.5 Comparison of different methods on silicon isotope analyses. - 3 Mechanisms of silicon isotope fractionation. - 3.1 The thermodynamic silicon isotope exchange fractionation. - 3.2 Kinetic fractionation of silicon isotopes. - 4 Distribution of silicon isotopes in nature. - 4.1 Silicon isotope compositions of extraterrestrial materials. - 4.2 Silicon isotope distribution in lithosphere. - 4.3 Silicon isotope compositions of soils. - 4.4 Hydrosphere. - 4.5 Biosphere. - 5 Several aspects of silicon isotope applications. - 5.1 Studies on global silicon cycle. - 5.2 Silicon isotope studies on environmental variation of ocean. - 5.3 Studies on mechanisms of absorption, transportation and precipitation of silicon in plant growth processes. - 5.4 Studies on silicon source and genesis of ore deposits. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91739
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 515 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    Edition: edition first published 2018
    ISBN: 9781119132783 , 9781119132790 (electronic) , 9781119132813 (electronic)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface to Fourth Edition. - Preface to Third Edition. - Preface to Second Edition. - Preface to First Edition. - Acknowledgments. - PART I THE PERIGLACIAL DOMAIN. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The Periglacial Concept. - 1.2 Diagnostic Criteria. - 1.3 Periglacial Environments. - 1.4 The Periglacial Domain. - 1.5 The Periglacial Domain and the Cryosphere. - 1.6 Disciplinary Considerations. - 1.6.1 The Growth of Geocryology. - 1.6.2 The Challenge of Quaternary Science. - 1.6.3 Periglacial Geomorphology or Cold-Region Geomorphology?. - 1.7 Societal Considerations. - 1.8 The Growth of Periglacial Knowledge. - 2 Periglacial Climates. - 2.1 Boundary Conditions. - 2.2 Cold Deserts. - 2.3 Regional Climates. - 2.3.1 High Arctic Climates. - 2.3.2 Continental Climates. - 2.3.3 Alpine Climates. - 2.3.4 Montane Climates. - 2.3.5 Climates of Low Annual Temperature Range. - 2.3.6 Antarctica: A Special Case. - 2.4 Snow and Ice. - 2.5 Wind. - 2.6 Ground Climates. - 2.6.1 The 'n'-Factor. - 2.6.2 The Thermal Offset. - 2.6.3 The Ground Temperature Regime. - 2.7 Periglacial Climates and Global Climate Change. - 2.7.1 Basic Facts. - 2.7.2 Why Climate-Cryosphere Interactions Accelerate Climate Warming. - 3 Periglacial Ecosystems. - 3.1 General Statement. - 3.2 Biogeographic Zonation and Major Vegetation Types. - 3.3 Adaptations to Cold, Snow, Wind and Aridity. - 3.4 The Effect of Vegetation. - 3.5 The Polar Deserts. - 3.5.1 The High Arctic Polar Deserts. - 3.5.2 The High Arctic Polar Semi-Deserts. - 3.6 The Polar Desert-Tundra Transition. - 3.7 The Low-Arctic Tundra. - 3.8 The Forest-Tundra Bioclimatic Boundary (The Tree Line). - 3.9 The Boreal Forest. - 3.10 The Alpine and Montane Ecosystems. - 3.11 Antarctica - A Special Case. - 3.12 Periglacial Ecosystems and Climate Change. - PART II FROZEN GROUND AND PERMAFROST. - 4 Ground Freezing, Permafrost and the Active Layer. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Ground Freezing. - 4.2.1 Basic Concepts. - 4.2.2 Ice Segregation. - 4.2.3 "The Frozen Fringe'. - 4.2.4 Frost Heave. - 4.3 Perennially-Frozen Ground (Permafrost). - 4.4 Moisture and Ice Within Permafrost. - 4.5 Thermal and Physical Properties. - 4.5.1 The Geothermal Regime. - 4.5.2 The TTOP Model. - 4.5.3 Physical Properties. - 4.5.4 Thermal Properties. - 4.6 Permafrost Hydrology. - 4.6.1 Aquifers. - 4.6.2 Hydrochemistry. - 4.6.3 Groundwater Icings. - 4.7 The Active Layer. - 4.7.1 Terminology. - 4.7.2 The Active-Layer Thermal Regime. - 4.7.3 The Transient Layer. - 4.7.4 The Stefan Equation. - 5 Permafrost Distribution and Stability. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Controls over Permafrost Distribution. - 5.2.1 Relief and Aspect. - 5.2.2 Rock Type. - 5.2.3 Vegetation. - 5.2.4 Snow Cover. - 5.2.5 Fire. - 5.2.6 Lakes and Surface Water Bodies. - 5.3 Spatial Extent of Permafrost and Frozen Ground. - 5.3.1 Latitudinal Permafrost. - 5.3.2 Alpine (Mountain) Permafrost. - 5.3.3 Montane Permafrost. - 5.3.4 Seasonally-Frozen Ground. - 5.4 Sub-Sea and Relict Permafrost. - 5.4.1 Sub-Sea Permafrost. - 5.4.2 Relict (Terrestrial) Permafrost. - 5.5 Permafrost and Ecosystems. - 5.6 Permafrost Monitoring and Mapping. - 5.6.1 CALM and GTN-P (TSP). - 5.6.2 BTS and Mountain Permafrost Probability Mapping. - 5.7 Climate Warming and Permafrost. - 5.7.1 Evidence for Warming Permafrost. - 5.7.2 Evidence for Thawing Permafrost. - 6 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Quantitative Parameters. - 6.3 Epigenetic, Syngenetic and Polygenetic Permafrost. - 6.4 Classification. - 6.4.1 The Russian Approach. - 6.4.2 The North American Approach. - 6.5 Main Ground Ice Types. - 6.5.1 Pore Ice. - 6.5.2 Segregated Ice. - 6.5.3 Intrusive Ice. - 6.5.4 Vein Ice. - 6.5.5 Other Types of Ice. - 6.6 Ice Distribution. - 6.6.1 Amounts. - 6.6.2 Distribution with Depth. - 6.6.3 Ice in Bedrock. - 6.6.4 Ice in Poorly-Lithified Sediments. - 6.7 Cryostratigraphy and Cryolithology. - 6.7.1 Cryostructural Analysis. - 6.7.2 Cryostructures of Epigenetic and Syngenetic Permafrost. - 6.7.3 Thaw Unconformities. - 6.7.4 Aggradational Ice. - 6.7.5 Icy Bodies and Ice, Sand and Soil Pseudomorphs. - 6.8 Ice Crystallography. - 6.9 Ice Geochemistry. - 6.10 Massive Ice and Massive-Icy Bodies. - 6.10.1 Nature and Extent. - 6.10.2 Intra-Sedimental Ice. - 6.10.3 Buried Glacier Ice. - 6.11 Cryostratigraphy and Past Environments. - 7 Aggradational Permafrost Landforms. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 How Does Permafrost Aggrade?. - 7.2.1 The Illisarvik Drained-Lake Experiment. - 7.3 Thermal-Contraction-Crack Polygons. - 7.3.1 Coefficients of Thermal Expansion and Contraction. - 7.3.2 Ice, Sand and Soil ('Ground') Wedges. - 7.3.3 Development of the Polygon Net. - 7.3.4 Polygon Morphology. - 7.3.5 Controls over Cracking. - 7.3.6 Climatic Significance. - 7.4 Ice and Sand Wedges. - 7.4.1 Epigenetic Wedges. - 7.4.2 Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.3 Anti-Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.4 Growth and Deformation of Wedges. - 7.5 Organic Terrain. - 7.5.1 Palsas. - 7.5.2 Peat Plateaus. - 7.6 Frost Mounds. - 7.6.1 Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.2 Hydraulic (Open) System Pingos. - 7.6.3 Hydrostatic (Closed) System Pingos. - 7.6.4 Other Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.5 Seasonal-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.6 Hydrolaccoliths and Other Frost-Induced Mounds. - 8 Thermokarst Processes and Landforms. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Thawing Ground. - 8.2.1 Thaw Strain and Thaw Settlement. - 8.2.2 Potential Depths of Soil Freezing and Thawing. - 8.2.3 The Development of Thermokarst. - 8.3 Causes of Thermokarst. - 8.3.1 General Comments. - 8.3.2 Specific Causes. - 8.4 Thaw-Related Processes. - 8.4.1 Thermokarst Subsidence (Thaw Settlement). - 8.4.2 Thermal Erosion. - 8.4.3 Other Processes. - 8.5 Thermokarst Sediments and Structures. - 8.5.1 Involuted Structures. - 8.5.2 Retrogressive-Thaw-Slumps and Debris-Flow Deposits. - 8.5.3 Ice-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Composite-Wedge Casts. - 8.5.4 Ice, Silt, Sand and Gravel Pseudomorphs. - 8.6 Thermokarst Landscapes. - 8.6.1 The Alas-Thermokarst Relief of Central Yakutia. - 8.6.2 The Western North American Arctic. - 8.6.3 The Ice-Free Areas of Continental Antarctica. - 8.7 Ice-Wedge Thermokarst Relief. - 8.7.1 Low-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.2 High-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.3 Badland Thermokarst Relief. - 8.8 Thaw Lakes and Depressions. - 8.8.1 Lakes and Taliks. - 8.8.2 Morphology. - 8.8.3 Growth and Drainage. - 8.8.4 Oriented Thaw Lakes. - Part III Periglacial Geomorphology. - 9 Cold-Climate Weathering. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.2 General Weathering Facts. - 9.3 Freezing and Thawing Indices. - 9.4 Rock (Frost?) Shattering. - 9.4.1 Frost Action and Ice Segregation. - 9.4.2 Insolation and Thermal Shock. - 9.4.3 Perspective. - 9.5 Chemical Weathering. - 9.5.1 Karkevagge. - 9.5.2 Solution and Karstification. - 9.5.3 Salt Weathering. - 9.6 Cryogenic Weathering. - 9.6.1 Cryogenic Disintegration. - 9.6.2 The Coefficient of Cryogenic Contrast. - 9.6.3 Physico-Chemical Changes. - 9.6.4 Problematic Phenomena. - 9.7 Cryobiological Weathering. - 9.8 Rates of Cold-Climate Bedrock Weathering. - 9.9 Cryosols and Cryopedology. - 9.9.1 Cryosols. - 9.9.2 Classification. - 9.9.3 Cryosolic Micromorphology. - 10 Mass-Wasting Processes and Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Slow Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.2.1 Solifluction. - 10.2.2 Frost Creep. - 10.2.3 Gelifluction. - 10.2.4 Solifluction Deposits and Phenomena. - 10.3 Rapid Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.3.1 Active-Layer-Detachment Slides. - 10.3.2 Debris Flows, Slush Flows and Avalanches. - 10.3.3 Rockfall. - 10.4 Snow Hydrology and Slopewash Processes. - 10.4.1 Snow Hydrology and Snowbanks. - 10.4.2 Surface and Subsurface Wash. - 10.5 Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.5.1 Frost Heaving. - 10.5.2 Bedrock Heave. - 10.5.3 Upward Heaving of Stones and Objects. - 10.5.4 Stone Tilting. - 10.5.5 Ne
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M. : Deutscher Wetterdienst
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-102
    In: Promet, Heft 102
    Description / Table of Contents: In diesem Heft sind Beiträge zusammengestellt, die wichtige Prozesse im arktischen Klimasystem beschreiben und die sich auf Prozesse in der Atmosphäre konzentrieren. Die Vorgänge und Veränderungen in der Arktis sind gekoppelt mit dem globalen Klimasystem. Dabei gehen die Wirkungen in beide Richtungen. Großräumige atmosphärische Fernwirkungen, wie Arktische Oszillation (AO), Nordatlantische Oszillation (NAO) oder Pazifik-Nordamerika-Oszillation (PNA), sind Beispiele dieser Kopplungen. Diese beeinflussen die Arktis und die mittleren Breiten und werden andererseits in ihrer Ausprägung von Vorgängen in beiden Regionen beeinflusst. Große ozeanische Strömungssysteme („Conveyor Belt“) verbinden alle Weltmeere. Ein Zweig führt über den Golfstrom und den Nordatlantischen Strom bis in den Arktischen Ozean, wo die Wassermassen durch Abkühlung und Eisbildung modifiziert werden und zum großen Teil als Tiefenwasser in den Nordatlantik zurückkehren und somit zum Antrieb der thermohalinen Zirkulation (THC) beitragen. Aus der Arktis mit der transpolaren Drift durch die Framstraße treibendes Meereis beeinflusst über die Arktis hinaus den Salzgehalt und die Dichteschichtung im Nordatlantik. Abschmelzende Gletscher erhöhen den Meeresspiegel weltweit. Die Arktis ist also kein isoliertes System. Das Wechselspiel aller Komponenten des arktischen Klimasystems miteinander und mit dem globalen Klimasystem ist zu komplex und umfangreich, als dass es in einem Prometheft umfassend abgehandelt werden kann. Wir beschränken uns hier daher auf die Diskussion wichtiger Prozesse in der Atmosphäre und der Wechselwirkung zwischen der Atmosphäre und dem Meereis.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 92 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISSN: 0340-4552
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 102
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / B. BRÜMMER 1. Athmosphärische Bedingungen und Energiehaushalt der Arktis im Jahresgang / B. BRÜMMER 2. Regionale und globale Wechselwirkung zwischen arktischem Meereis und der atmosphärischen Zirkulation / K. DETHLOFF, A. RINKE, D. HANDORF, R. JAISER, W. DORN, A. SOMMERFELD 3. Arktische Verstärkung und Wolken / M. WENDISCH, A. EHRLICH 4. Arktische Zyklonen: Häufigkeit und Wirkung auf das Meereis / B. BRÜMMER 5. Polare Kaltluftausbrüche / M. GRYSCHKA 6. Arktische Polynjen / S. WILLMES, G. HEINEMANN, A. PREUSSER 7. Turbulente Energie- und Impulsflüsse in der atmosphärischen Grenzschicht über dem polaren Ozean / C. LÜPKES, A. SCHMITT, V. GRYANIK 8 Der katabatische Wind über Grönland / G. HEINEMANN Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2017
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI Bio-19-92601
    Description / Table of Contents: Taxonomy plays a central role in biological sciences. It provides a communication system for scientists as it aims to enable correct identification of the studied organisms. As a consequence, species descriptions should seek to include as much available information as possible at species level to follow an integrative concept of ‘taxonomics’. Here, we describe the cryptic species Epimeria frankei sp. nov. from the North Sea, and also redescribe its sister species, Epimeria cornigera. The morphological information obtained is substantiated by DNA barcodes and complete nuclear 18S rRNA gene sequences. In addition, we provide, for the first time, full mitochondrial genome data as part of a metazoan species description for a holotype, as well as the neotype. This study represents the first successful implementation of the recently proposed concept of taxonomics, using data from high-throughput technologies for integrative taxonomic studies, allowing the highest level of confidence for both biodiversity and ecological research.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2045-2322
    Series Statement: Scientific Reports / Springer Nature 8, 6893
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: ZSP-599-150
    In: Rapportserie / Norsk Polarinstitutt, (DE-B103)114733
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 325 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9788276664119 , 9788276664126
    Series Statement: Rapportserie / Norsk Polarinstitutt nr. 150
    Language: Norwegian
    Note: In norwegischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI A7-20-93463
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Arktis erwärmt sich schneller als der Rest der Erde. Die Auswirkungen manifestieren sich unter Anderem in einer verstärkten Erwärmung der arktischen Grenzschicht. Diese Arbeit befasst sich mit Wechselwirkungen zwischen synoptischen Zyklonen und der arktischen Atmosphäre auf lokalen bis überregionalen Skalen. Ausgangspunkt dafür sind Messdaten und Modellsimulationen für den Zeitraum der N-ICE2015 Expedition, die von Anfang Januar bis Ende Juni 2015 im arktischen Nordatlantiksektor stattgefunden hat. Anhand von Radiosondenmessungen lassen sich Auswirkungen von synoptischen Zyklonen am deutlichsten im Winter erkennen, da sie durch die Advektion warmer und feuchter Luftmassen in die Arktis den Zustand der Atmosphäre von einem strahlungs-klaren in einen strahlungs-opaken ändern. Obwohl dieser scharfe Kontrast nur im Winter existiert, zeigt die Analyse, dass der integrierte Wasserdampf als Indikator für die Advektion von Luftmassen aus niedrigen Breiten in die Arktis auch im Frühjahr geeignet ist. Neben der Advektion von…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xiv, 147 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1Wissenschaftliche Zielsetzung 2 Grundlagen 2.1 Grundgleichungen 2.2 Potentielle Vorticity 2.3 Planetare Wellen 2.4 Atmosphärische Instabilität 2.5 Grenzschicht 2.6 Kopplung von Tropo- und Stratosphäre 3 Daten und Methoden 3.1 N-ICE2015 3.1.1 Expeditionsbeschreibung 3.1.2 Ziele der Expedition 3.2 Daten 3.2.1 Beobachtungsdaten 3.2.2 ERA-Interim Reanalyse 3.2.3 Das HIRHAM5 Modell 3.3 Analysemethoden 3.3.1 Temperaturinversionen 3.3.2 Vertikale Stabilität 3.3.3 Grenzschichthöhe 3.3.4 Eady Growth Rate 3.3.5 2d-Skalenfilterung und -Pattern-Korrelation 3.3.6 Nudging Experiment 4 Analyse der N-ICE2015 Radiosonden 4.1 Blick auf die Troposphäre 4.2 Fallstudie zum M2-Sturm: A 4.3 Zyklonencharakteristika 4.4 Temperaturinversionen und Stabilität 4.5 Vergleich mit ERA-Interim, SHEBA und Ny-Ålesund 4.6 Résumé der Expeditionsdaten 5 Nudging Studien mit HIRHAM5 5.1 Vergleich mit ERA-Interim 5.2 Vergleich der Simulationen 5.3 Fallstudie zum M2-Sturm: B 5.3.1 Synoptische Aktivität 5.4 Statistischer Vergleich 6 Einfluss der Stratosphäre 6.1 Stratosphäre im Winter 2014/2015 6.2 Fallstudie zum M2-Sturm: C 6.3 PV als Ladung 6.4 Résumé der Beobachtungen 7 Zusammenfassung und Ausblick A Zusätztliche Abbildungen B Literaturverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: AWI G5-20-93989
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 139 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Table of Content I. Abstract II. Deutsche Zusammenfassung 0 Preface 1 Scientific Background 1.1 Paleoenvironmental changes since the gLGM in arid Central Asia and north-western High Asia 1.1.1 Paleoclimatic changes 1.1.2 Lake level fluctuations following climatic changes 1.1.3 Inferred terrestrial vegetation responses to environmental changes and possible human impact 1.2 The role of proxy records in tracing environmental changes 1.2.1 Archives and Proxies investigated in environmental studies in Central Asia 1.2.2 Limnological systems as environmental archives 1.2.3 The multiproxy approach as a tool to decipher environmental change 1.3 Study area 1.4 Material and Method Overview 1.4.1 Field based sampling 1.4.2 Outline of material and methods 1.5 Aim and objectives ofthis thesis 1.6 Thesis outline 1.7 Contribution of the authors 1.7.1 Manuscript I - published 1.7.2 Manuscript II - published 1.7.3 Manuscript III - published 1.7.4 Manuscript IV - in preparation 2 Manuscript I Climatic and limnological changes at Lake Karakul (Tajikistan) during the last ~29 cal ka 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Fieldwork 2.4.2 Laboratory analysis 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Age-depth relationship in core KK12-1 2.5.2 TIC, TOC, TOC/TN, δ18Ocarb and δ13CCarb 2.5.3 Grain-size distribution and results ofend-member modelling 2.5.4 XRF data 2.5.5 Ordination results of sediment parameters 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Paleoenvironmental indicators from sediment variables 2.6.2 Implications ofthe Lake Karakul sediment record 2.6.3 Linking lake internal development to climate change 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Data availability 3 Manuscript II Aquatic macrophyte dynamics in Lake Karakul (Eastern Pamir) over the last 29 cal ka revealed by sedimentary ancient DNA and geochemical analyses of macrofossil remains 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Methods 3.3.1 Sample acquisition and treatment 3.3.2 Genetic approach 3.3.3 Elemental isotopic analyses ofaquatic macrophyte remains 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Macrophyte records along lake depth transects in Lake Karakul 3.4.2 Submerged plant content 3.4.3 Ancient DNA analyses 3.4.4 C, N, δ13C and δ15N of Stuckenia cf. pamirica remains 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Assessment of aDNA and chemical aquatic macrophyte data as proxies for the macrophyte composition and the paleo-productivity 3.5.2 Changes of past submerged plant composition and productivity and potential drivers 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements 3.8 Data Availability 4 Manuscript III Radiocarbon and optical stimulated luminescence dating of sediments from Lake Karakul, Tajikistan 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Regional setting 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Collection and correlation of cores 4.4.2 Radiocarbon dating 4.4.3 Optically stimulated luminescence (OSL) dating 4.4.4 Establishment ofage-depth model 4.4.5 Investigation of exposed lake sediments 4.5 Results 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Recovered sediments and correlation ofcores from Lake Karakul 4.6.2 Age-depth model, and assessment of radiocarbon and OSL age data 4.6.3 Significance ofexposed sediments at section KK13-S1 4.6.4 Implications ofthe chronological data 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Manuscript IV Vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains inferred from Lake Karakul pollen spectra of the last 28 ka 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Material and Methods 5.4.1 Sediment cores and chronology 5.4.2 Pollen sample preparation and pollen analyses 5.4.3 Pollen data treatment 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Composite core (KK12-1/2; 27.6 cal ka BP to present) 5.5.2 Short core TAJ-Kar-08-lB 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Interpretation of pollen data 5.6.2 Terrestrial vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains in response to past climate change 5.7 Conclusions 5.8 Acknowledgements 5.9 Data Availability 6 Synthesis 6.1 Proxy evaluation 6.1.1 Age-depth relationship 6.1.2 Limnological proxies 6.1.3 Terrestrial proxies 6.2 The potential of Lake Karakul as archive for long term environmental change in the Eastern Pamir 6.3 Climate and moisture availability changes over time - inferred from sedimentary proxies 6.4 Assessment ofthe aquatic macrophyte composition and paleoproductivity within Lake Karakul 6.5 Inferred terrestrial vegetation changes as responds to climatic changes over the last 28 cal ka 6.6 Comparison inferred regional vegetation, lake internal and lake external variations and changes in climate reconstructed in other studies 6.6.1 Pre- gLGM and global Last Glacial Maximum (27.6 to 19 cal ka BP) 6.6.2 Late glacial 6.6.3 Early to middle Holocene 6.6.4 Middle to late Holocene 6.7 Outlook 7 Appendix 7.1 Supplementary information for Manuscript I 7.2 Supplementary information for Manuscript II 7.3 Supplementary information for Manuscript III 8 References Danksagung Eldesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93617
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 454 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-405-10006-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 The Periglacial Concept: Definitions and Scope 1.2 The Periglacial Realm 1.3 The Development of Periglacial Geomorphology 1.4 Periglacial Geomorphology: The Quaternary Context 1.5 The Aims and Organization of this Book 2 Periglacial Environments 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Periglacial Climates 2.3 Soils in Periglacial Environments 2.4 Vegetation Cover in Periglacial Environments 2.5 Synthesis 3 Ground Freezing and Thawing 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Ground Heating and Cooling 3.3 Soil Freezing 3.4 Ice Segregation in Freezing Soils 3.5 Thaw Consolidation 3.6 Synthesis 4 Permafrost 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Permafrost Thermal Regime 4.3 Classification of Permafrost 4.4 Detection, Mapping and Modelling of Permafrost 4.5 Permafrost Distribution 4.6 Permafrost-glacier Interactions 4.7 The Geomorphic Importance of Permafrost 5 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Genetic Classification of Ground Ice 5.3 Description of Ground Ice 5.4 Ice Contacts 5.5 Cryostratigraphy 5.6 The Transition Zone 5.7 Massive Ground Ice 5.8 Yedoma 6 Thermal Contraction Cracking: Ice Wedges and Related Landforms 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Thermal Contraction Cracking and Polygon Evolution 6.3 Ice Veins and Ice Wedges 6.4 Ice-wedge Polygons 6.5 Sand Veins and Sand Wedges 6.6 Composite Veins and Composite Wedges 6.7 Sand-wedge Polygons 6.8 Frost Cracking of Seasonally Frozen Ground 6.9 Thaw Modification of Frost Wedges 6.10 Frost-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Frost Polygons in Areas of Past Permafrost 7 Pingos, Palsas and other Frost Mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Characteristics of Pingos 7.3 Hydrostatic Pingos 7.4 Hydraulic Pingos 7.5 Pingo Problems and Problem Pingos 7.6 Segregation Ice Mounds: Palsas, Lithalsas and Related Landforms 7.7 Palsas 7.8 Peat Plateaus 7.9 Lithalsas 7.10 Permafrost Plateaus 7.11 Other Permafrost Mounds 7.12 Ephemeral Frost Mounds 7.13 Relict Permafrost Mounds 8 Thermokarst 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Thermokarst Lakes and Drained Lake Basins 8.3 Thermokarst Pits, Bogs and Fens 8.4 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 8.5 Small-scale Thermokarst Features: Beaded Streams, Sinkholes and Thermokarst Gullies 8.6 Sediment Structures associated with Thermokarst 8.7 Relict Thermokarst Phenomena 9 Seasonally Frozen Ground Phenomena 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Upfreezing of Clasts 9.3 Frost Heave of Bedrock 9.4 Patterned Ground: The Embroidery on the Landscape 9.5 Patterned Ground Processes 9.6 Sorted Patterned Ground 9.7 Nonsorted Patterned Ground 9.8 Cryoturbations 9.9 Pedogenic Effects of Freezing and Thawing 9.10 Fragipans 9.11 Synthesis 10 Rock Weathering and Associated Landforms 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Physical Weathering Processes 10.3 Chemical Weathering Processes 10.4 Biotic Weathering Processes 10.5 Weathering Processes in Periglacial Environments 10.6Cold-climate Karst 10.7 Tors 10.8 Blockfields and Related Periglacial Regolith Covers 10.9 Brecciated Bedrocks 11 Periglacial Mass Movement and Hillslope Evolution 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Solifluction Processes 11.3 Solifluction Landforms 11.4 Pleistocene Solifluction Landforms and Slope Deposits 11.5 Active-layer Failures 11.6 Permafrost Creep 11.7 Nivation 11.8 Cryoplanation 11.9 Slope Form and Slope Evolution 12 Talus Slopes and Related Landforms 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Rockfall Talus 12.3 The Geomorphic Role of Snow Avalanches 12.4 Debris-flow Activity 12.5 Rock Glaciers 12.6 Pronival (Protalus) Ramparts 12.7 Synthesis 13 Fluvial Processes and Landforms 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Periglacial Hydrology 13.3 Slopewash 13.4 Slushflows 13.5 Sediment Transport in Periglacial Rivers 13.6 Bank and Channel Erosion 13.7 River Channels 13.8 Alluvial Landforms in Periglacial Environments 13.9 Valley Form 13.10 Pleistocene Periglacial Rivers 13.11 Synthesis 14 Wind Action 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Aeolian Processes 14.3 Wind Erosion in Present Periglacial Environments 14.4 Aeolian Deposits in Present Periglacial Environments 14.5 Quaternary Aeolian Deposits 14.6 Synthesis 15 Periglacial Coasts 15.1 Introduction 15.2 The Nature of Periglacial Coasts 15.3 The Role of Ice in Shoreline Evolution 15.4 Ice-rich Permafrost Coasts 15.5 Thermokarst Coasts 15.6 Barrier Coasts 15.7 Salt Marshes and Tidal Flats 15.8 Rock Coasts 15.9 Raised and Inherited Shorelines 15.10 Lake Shorelines 15.11 Synthesis 16 Past Periglacial Environments 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Palaeoenvironmental Reconstruction Based on Periglacial Features 16.3 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles 16.4 Pre-Late Devensian Periglacial Features in the British Isles 16.5 The Dimlington Stade in the British Isles 16.6 The Younger Dryas (Loch Lomond) Stade in the British Isles 16.7 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles: Commentary 16.8 Late Weichselian Periglacial Environments in Continental Europe 16.9 Late Wisconsinan Periglacial Environments in North America 16.10 Permafrost Extent in the Northern Hemisphere During the Last Glacial Stage 16.11 Concluding Comments 17 Climate Change and Periglacial Environments 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Permafrost Degradation 17.3 Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in the Circumpolar North 17.4Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in High Mountain Environments 17.5 Climate Change ,Permafrost Degradation and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 17.6 Conclusion Appendix: Text Abbreviations, Units and Symbols Employed in Equations References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-18-91643
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2018
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 84 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 978-9935-24-372-0
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2018
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: PREFACE. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council. - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - ISIRA. - IASC Medal 2018. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Activities. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2017. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Arctic Council. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Association of Polar Early Career Scientists (APECS). - Circumpolar Health Research Network (CirchNet). - European Polar Board (EPB). - Forum of Arctic Research Operators (FARO). - International Arctic Social Sciences Association (IASSA). - International Association of Cryospheric Sciences (IACS). - International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES). - The International Permafrost Association (IPA). - The Pacific Arctic Group (PAG). - The Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR). - University of the Arctic (UArctic). - WCRP Climate and Cryosphere (CliC). - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - CAFF-IASC Fellowship. - Fellows’ Voices. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremen : Übersee-Museum Bremen
    Call number: AWI P6-18-91708
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 176 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    Edition: [1. Auflage]
    ISBN: 978-3-89946-286-9
    Series Statement: TenDenZen 2018,26
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Grußwort - Antje Boetius. - Vorwort - Michaela Grein. - Die Welt teilhaben lassen - Luc Jacquet über die Sonderausstellung „Antarctica". - Die Geschichte der Antarktisforschung. - Die Entdeckung und Erforschung der Antarktis / Diedrich Fritzsche. - Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung / Gotthilf Hempel. - Frauen in der Antarktis / Gotthilf Hempel. - Geologie und Klima. - Der geologische Bau der Antarktis / Andreas Läufer. - Einfluss des Ozeans auf das Schmelzen der Eisschelfe / Sunke Schmidtko. - Aurora australis - Polarlichter in der Antarktis / Michaela Grein. - Lebensräume und Organismengruppen. - Antarktische Makroalgen / Katharina Zacher & Christian Wiencke. - Leben am Meeresboden und Wiederbesiedlungsdynamik / Julian Gutt. - Die Schwämme des antarktischen Meeres / Dorte Janussen. - Schuppenwürmer in der Antarktis / Michael Stiller. - Meiofauna: Kleine Tiere - große Wirkung / Gritta Veit-Köhler & Friederike Säring. - Der antarktische Krill, Euphausia superba, im Nahrungsnetz des Südpolarmeers / Bettina Meyer. - Der Kaiserpinguin - Bedrohte Tierart und Stellvertreter für den Südozean / Daniel P. Zitterbart. - Fliegende Vögel der Antarktis / Hans-Ulrich Peter. - Antarktische Robben / Horst Bornemann & Joachim Plötz. - Pioniere und Überlebenskünstler: Die Flechten / Ludger Kappen. - Die Evolution der Wälder in Antarktika / Laura Jane Tilley. - Pflanzen in Antarktika / Michaela Grein. - Nutzung und Schutz der Antarktis. - Umweltschutz in der Antarktis / Heike Herata. - Meeresschutz in der Antarktis / Bob Zuur. - Tourismus in der Antarktis / Heinz Klöser. - Die Autorinnen und Autoren.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91956
    Description / Table of Contents: Earth's climate varies continuously across space and time, but humankind has witnessed only a small snapshot of its entire history, and instrumentally documented it for a mere 200 years. Our knowledge of past climate changes is therefore almost exclusively based on indirect proxy data, i.e. on indicators which are sensitive to changes in climatic variables and stored in environmental archives. Extracting the data from these archives allows retrieval of the information from earlier times. Obtaining accurate proxy information is a key means to test model predictions of the past climate, and only after such validation can the models be used to reliably forecast future changes in our warming world. The polar ice sheets of Greenland and Antarctica are one major climate archive, which record information about local air temperatures by means of the isotopic composition of the water molecules embedded in the ice. However, this temperature proxy is, as any indirect climate data, not a perfect recorder of past climatic variations. Apart from local air temperatures, a multitude of other processes affect the mean and variability of the isotopic data, which hinders their direct interpretation in terms of climate variations. This applies especially to regions with little annual accumulation of snow, such as the Antarctic Plateau. While these areas in principle allow for the extraction of isotope records reaching far back in time, a strong corruption of the temperature signal originally encoded in the isotopic data of the snow is expected. This dissertation uses observational isotope data from Antarctica, focussing especially on the East Antarctic low-accumulation area around the Kohnen Station ice-core drilling site, together with statistical and physical methods, to improve our understanding of the spatial and temporal isotope variability across different scales, and thus to enhance the applicability of the proxy for estimating past temperature variability. The presented results lead to a quantitative explanation of the local-scale (1–500 m) spatial variability in the form of a statistical noise model, and reveal the main source of the temporal variability to be the mixture of a climatic seasonal cycle in temperature and the effect of diffusional smoothing acting on temporally uncorrelated noise. These findings put significant limits on the representativity of single isotope records in terms of local air temperature, and impact the interpretation of apparent cyclicalities in the records. Furthermore, to extend the analyses to larger scales, the timescale-dependency of observed Holocene isotope variability is studied. This offers a deeper understanding of the nature of the variations, and is crucial for unravelling the embedded true temperature variability over a wide range of timescales.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 197 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 General introduction. - 1.1 Challenges of isotope-based temperature reconstructions. - 1.2 Thesis overview. - 1.3 Author contributions. - 2 Theoretical background. - 2.1 The isotopic composition of firn and ice. - 2.1.1 Fractionation of water isotopologues. - 2.1.2 Relationship with temperature. - 2.1.3 Measuring of the isotopic composition. - 2.2 Processes within the firn column. - 2.2.1 The firn column of polar ice sheets. - 2.2.2 The density of firn. - 2.2.3 The temperature profile of firn. - 2.2.4 Vapour diffusion in firn. - 2.3 Internal climate variability. - 3 Regional climate signal vs.local noise: a two-dimensional view of water isotopes. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Data and methods. - 3.3 Results. - 3.3.1 Trench isotope records. - 3.3.2 Single-profile representativity. - 3.3.3 Mean trench profiles. - 3.3.4 Spatial correlation structure. - 3.3.5 Statistical noise model. - 3.4 Discussion. - 3.4.1 Local noise vs. regional climate signal. - 3.4.2 Representativity of isotope signals. - 3.4.3 Implications. - 3.5 Conclusions. - 3.6 Appendix A: Derivation of noise model. - 3.6.1 Definitions. - 3.6.2 Derivation of model correlations. - 3.6.3 Estimation of parameters. - 3.7 Appendix B: Noise level after diffusion. - 4 Constraints on post-depositional isotope modifications in east antarctic firn. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Data and methods. - 4.2.1 Sampling and measurements. - 4.2.2 Trench depth scale. - 4.2.3 Spatial variability of trench profiles. - 4.2.4 Quantification of downward advection, densification and diffusion. - 4.2.5 Statistical tests. - 4.3 Results. - 4.3.1 Comparison of T15 and T13 isotope data. - 4.3.2 Expected isotope profile changes. - 4.3.3 Temporal vs. spatial variability. - 4.4 Discussion. - 4.4.1 Densification, diffusion and stratigraphic noise. - 4.4.2 Additional post-depositional modifications. - 4.5 Conclusions. - 5 On the similarity and apparent cycles of isotope variations. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Data and Methods. - 5.2.1 Data. - 5.2.2 Spectral analysis. - 5.2.3 Rice’s formula. - 5.2.4 Cycle length and amplitude estimation. - 5.2.5 Model for vertical isotope profiles. - 5.3 Results. - 5.3.1 Spectral analysis of isotope profiles. - 5.3.2 Theoretical and observed cycle length. - 5.3.3 Illustrative examples. - 5.3.4 Depth dependency of cycle length. - 5.3.5 Simulated vs. observed isotope variations. - 5.4 Discussion and summary. - 5.5 Conclusions. - 5.6 Appendix A: Input sensitivity. - 5.7 Appendix B: Additional results. - 5.8 Appendix C: Spectral significance testing. - 6 Timescale-dependency of antarctic isotope variations. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Data and methods. - 6.2.1 DML and WAIS isotope records. - 6.2.2 Spectral model. - 6.2.3 Timescale-dependent signal-to-noise ratio. - 6.2.4 Effects of diffusion and time uncertainty. - 6.2.5 Present-day temperature decorrelation. - 6.3 Results. - 6.3.1 Illustration of model approach. - 6.3.2 DML and WAIS isotope variability. - 6.4 Discussion. - 6.4.1 Interpretation of noise spectra. - 6.4.2 Interpretation of signal spectra. - 6.4.3 Signal-to-noise ratios. - 6.4.4 Differences between DML and WAIS. - 6.5 Conclusions. - 7 Declining temperature variability from LGM to holocene. - 8 General discussion and conclusions. - 8.1 Short-scale spatial and temporal isotope variability. - 8.1.1 Local spatial variability. - 8.1.2 Seasonal to interannual variability. - 8.1.3 Spatial vs. temporal variability. - 8.2 Extension to longer scales. - 8.2.1 Spatial vs. temporal variability on interannual timescales. - 8.2.2 Holocene and longer timescales. - 8.3 Concluding remarks and outlook. - Bibliography. - A Methods to: declining temperature variability from lgm to holocene. - A.1 Temperature proxy data. - A.2 Model-based temperature and variability change. - A.3 Temperature recalibration of proxy records. - A.3.1 Recalibration of ice-core records. - A.3.2 Recalibration of marine records. - A.4 Variance and variance ratio estimation. - A.5 Noise correction. - A.5.1 Testing effect of noise correction. - A.6 Effect of ecological adaption and bioturbation. - A.7 Effect of proxy sampling locations. - B Layering of surface snow and firn: noise or seasonal signal?. - B.1 Introduction. - B.2 Materials and methods. - B.2.1 Firn-core density profiles. - B.2.2 Trench density profiles. - B.2.3 Dielectric profiling and density estimates. - B.2.4 Comparison of DEP and CT density. - B.2.5 Ion measurements. - B.3 Results. - B.3.1 2-D trench density data. - B.3.2 Spatial correlation structure. - B.3.3 Comparison of mean density, isotope and impurity profiles. - B.3.4 Spectral analysis of vertical density data. - B.4 Discussion. - B.4.1 Spatial variability. - B.4.2 Representativeness of single profiles. - B.4.3 Seasonal cycle in snow density. - B.4.4 Density layering in firn and impurities. - B.5 Conclusions. - Acknowledgements - Danksagung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91864(ger) ; AWI G3-18-91864(eng) ; AWI G3-18-91864(rus)
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 3 Bände in einem Schuber (204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-88808-716-5 (ger) , 978-3-88808-714-1 (eng) , 978-3-88808-715-8 (rus)
    Language: German , English , Russian
    Note: Inhalt: Einführung und Hintergrund der terrestrischen Expeditionen in Sibirien / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - 1. Auf dem Weg zu den Lena-Expeditionen 1993-1997. - Seesedimente auf Taimyr und Sewernaja Semlja als Klima-Archiv / Pier Paul Overduin, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Martin Melles. - Erste Studien zu Energie-, Wasser- und Spurengasflüssen in Tundraböden: Labas-See und Lewinson-Lessing-See, Taimyr-Halbinsel / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Untersuchungen von Permafrost-Sequenzen in der Taimyr-Tiefebene (1994-1996) / Christine Siegert, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Kohlenstoff in den arktischen Wüstenböden von Sewernaja Semlja / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dimitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Hydrologie, Geochemie und Sedimenttransport in den Flüssen Sibiriens - Das SYSTEM LAPTEV SEA Projekt 1994-1997 / Volker Rachold. - 2. Der Beginn der Lena-Expeditionen 1998-2002. - lnitiierung des Forschungsprojekts Lenadelta: Wissenschaftliche Strategie, Kooperation und Logistik / Volker Rachold, Martin Antonow, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Die ersten Jahre der boden- und klimabezogenen Permafrostforschung auf Samoilow und Umgebung (Untersuchungen 1998-2001) / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Günter Stoof, Lars Kutzbach, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, lrina A. Yakshina, Anno N. Kurchatova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Bykowski-Halbinsel: Die erste Landexpedition mit Fokus auf das Paläoklima / Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Christine Siegert, Hanno Meyer. - Schiffsexpeditionen von 1998 bis 2002 zur Untersuchung von Erosion und Geomorphologie der Küste mit Dunai, Neptun, Sofron Danilov und Pavel Bashmakov / Volker Rachold, Waldemar Schneider, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgong Hubberten, Felix E. Are, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Untersuchung von Seen auf Arga: Geschichte und Entstehung des Lenadeltas / Georg Schwamborn, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Vladimir E. Tumskoy, Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse. - Mikrobieller Kohlenstoffumsatz in der Auftauschicht und im Permafrost / Susanne Liebner, Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafova, Dirk Wagner. - Feldarbeit für die Rekonstruktion der Paläoumwelt / Lutz Schirrmeister, Tatyana V. Kuznetsova, Andrei A. Andreev, Frank Kienast, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - 3. Prozessstudien zur Permafrostdynamik 2002-2005. - Submarine Permafrostbohrungen während der COAST 2005 Expedition / Volker Rachold, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Waldemar Schneider. - Die frühe Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow und ihre Erweiterung 2005 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Günter Stoof, Alexander Yu. Gukav. - Installation des Samoilow Observatoriums - wissenschaftliches Monitoring von Klimadaten, Permafrostböden und Treibhausgasen (Untersuchungen 2002-2006) / Lars Kutzbach, Christian Wille, Torsten Sachs, David Holl, Günter Stoof Julia Boike, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Mikrobieller Stickstoffumsatz in der Auftauschicht und den tieferen Permafrostsedimenten des Lenadeltas / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Fabian Beermann, Elena E. Lebedeva, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Geokryologische und paläoökologische Studien an den Küsten der Laptewsee / Lutz Schirrmeister, Christine Siegert, Guido Grosse, Hanno Meyer, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky. - Langzeitbeobachtungen der pelagischen Fauna in Seen und Tümpeln des Lenadeltas / Ekaterina N. Abramova, lrina I. Vishnyakova, Grigory A. Soloviev, Anna A. Abramova. - 4. Umsetzung neuer Forschungsthemen 2007-2012. - Die Dynamik der arktischen Küsten / Frank Günther, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, P. Paul Overduin, Hugues Lantuit, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Feldarbeit und Erstellung numerischer Modelle von submarinem Permafrost und Gashydraten / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, Sebastian Wetterich, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Permafrostdegradation, Thermokarst und Thermoerosion - Feldforschung auf der Insel Kurungnach / Anne Morgenstern, lrina V Fedorova, Antonina A. Chetverova, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Fabian Beermann, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Sofia A. Antonova, Samuel Stettner, Julia Boike. - Mit Kettensäge zum Klimamodell - Eiskeile als Winterklima-Archive / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Veränderungen nordsibirischer Seen und Baumgrenzen in der Vergangenheit und Gegenwart als Reaktion auf Erwärmung / Ulrike Herzschuh, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Laura S. Epp, Larisa A. Frolova, Ruslan M. Gorodnichev, Birgit Heim, Florion Jeltsch, Juliane Klemm, Stefan Kruse, Larisa B. Nazarova, Bastian Niemeyer, Anatolii N. Nikolaev, Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring, Ralph Tiedemann, Mareike Wieczoreck, Evgenij S. Zakharov, Heike H. Zimmermann. - Kohlenstoff in Permafrost - Quantifizierung der Menge an organischem Material in Sibirien / Jens Strauss, Lutz Schirrmeister, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexander L. Kholodov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Matthias Fuchs, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Guido Grosse. - Expeditionen mit Gummibooten und kleinen Flussbooten - Hydrologie und Geomorphologie des Lenadeltas / Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Julia Boike. - Mobilisierung und Ablagerung von Kohlenstoff im Lena-Flusssystem / Gesine Mollenhauer, Maria Winterfeld, Boris P. Koch, lrina V. Fedorova. - Holozäne Seen rund um das Lenadelta / Bernhard Diekmann, Boris Biskaborn, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Dmitry A. Subetto, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold. - Logistisch komplexe Einsätze - Beobachtungen von Energie und Treibhausgasflüssen aus der Luft mittels Helipod / Torsten Sachs, Eric Larmanau, Katrin Kohnert, Andrei Serafimavich. - Lena Expeditionen: Einbindung neuer deutscher Forschungsgruppen / Birgit Heim, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, lrina V. Fedorova. - Ein Jahrzehnt der Küstenforschung im Lenadelta / lngeborg Bussmann, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Alexander Yu. Gukov, Gerhard Kattner, Alexandra Kraberg, Denis V. Moiseev, Pier Paul Overduin, Lasse Sander, Karen H. Wiltshire. - 5. Neue Horizonte für Lena-Expeditionen - Die neue Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow. - Ministerpräsident W. W. Putin besucht die Insel Samoilow (P-Day) / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafava, Waldemar Schneider, Alexander S. Makarov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Die neue Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow: Bau, Eröffnungsfeier, Anlage und Betrieb / Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Igor N. Yeltsov, Anne Morgenstern. - Samoilow in internationalen Programmen und Netzwerken - FLUXNET, GTN-P, INTERACT / Anne Morgenstern, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Julia Boike, Lars Kutzbach. - Kurzer Überblick über die russisch-deutschen Permafrost-Projekte CARBOPERM und KoPf / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Ulrike Herzschuh, Guido Grosse. - Einsatz von Fernerkundung im Gebiet der Laptewsee / Guido Grosse, Birgit Heim, Sofia Antonova, Julia Boike, Astrid Bracher, Alexey N. Fague, Frank Günther, Thomas Krumpen, Moritz Langer, Anne Morgenstern, Sina Muster, lngmar Nitze, Torsten Sachs. - Multidisziplinäre Studien auf Samoilow und Kurungnach: Geophysik, Fernerkundung, Geologie sowie botanische und Bodenstudien / Igor N. Yeltsov, Alexey N. Faguet, Leonid V. Tsibizov, Vladimir A. Kashirtsev, Vladimir V. Olenchenko, Andrey A. Kartozia, Nikolay N. Lashchinskiy. - Terrestrische Permafrost-Bohrkampagnen: Tiefe Einblicke in die Vergangenheit / Jens Strauss, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Paul Overduin, Georgii Maximov, Guido Grosse, Alexey N. Fague, Leonid Tsibizov, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Langzeitmessungen der Energie-, Wasser-, und Treibhausgasflüsse zwischen Land und Atmosphäre von 2002 bis heute und darüber hinaus / David Holl, Ju , Contents: Introduction and Background to Terrestrial Expeditions in Siberia / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - 1. On the Way to the Lena Expeditions 1993-1997. - Lake Sediments on Taymyr and Severnaya Zemlya as a Climate Archive / Pier Paul Overduin, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Martin Melles. - First Energy, Water, and Flux Studies of Tundra Soils - Labaz and Levinson-Lessing Lake, Taymyr Peninsula / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Exploring Permafrost Sequences in the Taymyr Lowland (1994-1996) / Christine Siegert, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Carbon in Arctic Desert Soils of Severnaya Zemlya / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dimitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Hydrology, Geochemistry, and Sediment Transport of the Siberian Rivers - The SYSTEM LAPTEV SEA Project 1994-1997 / Volker Rachold. - 2. The Beginning of the Lena Expeditions 1998-2002. - Initiation of the Research Project Lena Delta: Science Strategy, Cooperation, and Logistics / Volker Rachold, Martin Antonow, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - The First Years of Soil and Climate-Related Permafrost Research on Samoylov Island and Surroundings (Investigations 1998- 2001) / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Günter Stoof, Lars Kutzbach, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, lrina A. Yakshina, Anno N. Kurchatova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Bykovsky Peninsula: The First Land Expedition with a Focus on Paleoclimate / Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Christine Siegert, Hanno Meyer. - The 1998-2002 Ship-Based Expeditions for Coastal Erosion and Geomorphological Studies with Dunay, Neptun, Sofron Danilov, and Pavel Bashmakov / Volker Rachold, Waldemar Schneider, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Felix E. Are, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Lake Studies on Arga: History and Formation of the Lena Delta / Georg Schwamborn, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Vladimir E. Tumskoy, Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse. - Microbial Carbon Turnover in the Active Layer and in Permafrost / Susanne Liebner, Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Svetlana Yu. Evgrajova, Dirk Wagner. - Fieldwork for Reconstructing the Paleo-Environment / Lutz Schirrmeister, Tatyana V. Kuznetsova, Andrei A. Andreev, Frank Kienast, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - 3. Process Studies of Permafrost Dynamics 2002-2006. - Subsea Permafrost Drilling During the COAST 2005 Expedition / Volker Rachold, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Waldemar Schneider. - The Early Samoylov Station and Its Extension in 2005 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Günter Stoof, Alexander Yu. Gukov. - Installation of the Samoylov Observatory - Permafrost-Affected Soils and Greenhouse Gases (Investigations 2002-2006) / Lars Kutzbach, Christian Wille, Torsten Sachs, David Holl, Günter Stoof, Julia Boike, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Microbial Nitrogen Turnover in the Active Layer and Deeper Permafrost Sediments of the Lena River Delta / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Fabian Beermann, Elena E. Lebedeva, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Geocryological and Paleoenvironmental Studies on the Coasts of the Laptev Sea / Lutz Schirrmeister, Christine Siegert, Guido Grosse, Hanno Meyer, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky. - Long-Term Observations of the Pelagic Fauna in Lakes and Ponds in the Lena Delta / Ekaterina N. Abramova, lrina I. Vishnyakova, Grigory A. Soloviev, Anna A. Abramova. - 4. Implementation of New Research Topics 2007-2012. - Arctic Coastal Dynamics / Frank Günther, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Pier Paul Overduin, Hugues Lantuit, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Field Work and Numerical Modelling for Subsea Permafrost and Gas Hydrates / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, Sebastian Wetterich, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Permafrost Degradation, Thermokarst and Thermal Erosion Fieldwork on Kurungnakh Island / Anne Morgenstern, Irina V. Fedorova, Antonina A. Chetverova, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Fabian Beermann, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Sofia A. Antonova, Samuel Stettner, Julia Boike. - With the Chainsaw to Climate Modelling - Ice Wedges as a Winter Climate Archive / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Past and Present Treeline and Lake Changes in Northern Siberia in Response to Warming / Ulrike Herzschuh, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Laura S. Epp, Larisa A. Frolova, Ruslan M. Gorodnichev, Birgit Heim, Florion Jeltsch, Juliane Klemm, Stefan Kruse, Larisa B. Nazarova, Bastian Niemeyer, Anatolii N. Nikolaev, Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring, Ralph Tiedemann, Mareike Wieczoreck, Evgenij S. Zakharov, Heike H. Zimmermann. - Organic Matter Matters- Quantifying the Amount of Carbon in Northern Siberia / Jens Strauss, Lutz Schirrmeister, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexander L. Kholodov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Matthias Fuchs, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Guido Grosse. - Expeditions with Rubber Boats and Small River Vessels - Hydrology and Geomorphology of the Lena Delta / Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Julia Boike. - Mobilization and Deposition of Carbon in the Lena River System / Gesine Mollenhauer, Maria Winterfeld, Boris P. Koch, lrina V. Fedorova. - Holocene Lakes Around the Lena Delta / Bernhard Diekmann, Boris Biskaborn, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Dmitry A. Subetto, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold. - Complex Logistical Operations - Airborne Energy and Greenhouse Gas Flux Observations by Helipod / Torsten Sachs, Eric Larmanau, Katrin Kohnert, Andrei Serafimavich. - Lena Expeditions: Integration of New German Research Groups / Birgit Heim, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, lrina V. Fedorova. - A Decade of Coastal Research in the Lena Delta / lngeborg Bussmann, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Alexander Yu. Gukov, Gerhard Kattner, Alexandra Kraberg, Denis V. Moiseev, Pier Paul Overduin, Lasse Sander, Karen H. Wiltshire. - 5. New Horizons for Lena Expeditions - The New Research Station Samoylov Island. - Prime Minister V. V. Putin Visits Samoylov Island (P-Day) / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafava, Waldemar Schneider, Alexander S. Makarov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - The New Research Station Samoylov Island: Construction, Opening Ceremony, Facilities, and Operation / Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Igor N. Yeltsov, Anne Morgenstern. - Samoylov in International Programs and Networks - FLUX NET, GTN-P, INTERACT / Anne Morgenstern, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Julia Boike, Lars Kutzbach. - Short Overview of the Russian-German Permafrost Projects CARBOPERM and KoPf / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Ulrike Herzschuh, Guido Grosse. - Application of Remote Sensing in the Laptev Sea Region / Guido Grosse, Birgit Heim, Sofia Antonova, Julia Boike, Astrid Bracher, Alexey N. Fague, Frank Günther, Thomas Krumpen, Moritz Langer, Anne Morgenstern, Sina Muster, lngmar Nitze, Torsten Sachs. - Multidisciplinary Studies on Samoylov and Kurungnakh: Geophysics, Remote Sensing, Geology, Botanical, and Soil Studies / Igor N. Yeltsov, Alexey N. Faguet, Leonid V. Tsibizov, Vladimir A. Kashirtsev, Vladimir V. Olenchenko, Andrey A. Kartozia, Nikolay N. Lashchinskiy. - Deep lnsights into the Past Terrestrial Permafrost Drilling Campaigns / Jens Strauss, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Paul Overduin, Georgii Maximov, Guido Grosse, Alexey N. Fague, Leonid Tsibizov, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Long-Term Measurements of Land-Atmosphere Fluxes of Energy, Water, and Greenhouse Gases from 2002 until Today and Beyond / David Holl, Julia Boike, Torsten Sachs, Peter Schreiber, Niko Bornemann, Christian Wille, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Irina V. Fedorova, Lars Kutzbach. - Carbon Turnover of Thawing Permafrost in the Lena Delta / , Russische Ausgabe in kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95670
    In: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten, Band 91
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 177 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 23 cm
    ISSN: 0724-6382
    Series Statement: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten Band 91
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Ein Blick zurück - für den Blick nach vorn / Günter Miehlich, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Böden im Klimasystem Energie- und Stoffflüsse zwischen Böden und der Atmosphäre in Feuchtgebieten verschiedener Klimazonen / Lars Kutzbach, David Holl, Norman Rößger, Norman Rüggen, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Kohlenstofffreisetzung aus Permafrostböden - eine Gefahr für unser Klima? / Christian Knoblauch, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Kleinräumige Varianz von Stickstoff-Umsatz und Stickstoff-Limitierung in Permafrostböden / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Moorböden - die gefährdeten Kohlenstoffspeicher unserer Erde / David Holl, Lars Kutzbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Boden-Dauerbeobachtung als Werkzeug zur Bewertung des ökologischen Zustandes und von Klimafolgen / Claudia Fiencke, Peter Woloszczyk, Birgit Grabellus, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer HUSCO: Wie beeinflussen Stadtböden das lokale Klima? / Annette Eschenbach, Sarah Wiesner, Alexander Gröngröft, Felix Ament Klimaretter Wald? Wie Bäume die Kohlenstofffestlegung im Waldboden beeinflussen / Christina Steffens Böden und nachhaltige Landnutzung Die fragile Ressource Boden in der kleinbäuerlichen Landwirtschaft im Südlichen Afrika / Jona Luther-Mosebach, Marleen de Blecourt, Stephan Baumann, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Über die Bedeutung des Bodenwassershaushalts für eine nachhaltige Landnutzung im südlichen Afrika / Lars Landschreiber, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Einsatz von Biokohle im Reisanbau / Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer; Stefan Häfele Ökosystemleistungen von Böden urbaner Überschwemmungsgebiete / Kira Kalinski, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Böden und Umweltforschung Erfassung flächenhafter Schadstoffbelastung in Auen / Katja Oing, Alexander Gröngröft, Timo Labitzky, Annette Eschenbach Bodenfunktionsbewertung / Alexander Gröngröft, Boris Hochfeld, Horst Wiechmann (+), Günter Miehlich Wie Bakterien im Boden helfen, die Freisetzung des Treibhausgases Methan aus Deponien zu vermindern / Julia Gebert, Ingke Rachor, Inga Röwer, Christoph Geck, Alexander Gröngröft, Jan-Streese-Kleeberg, Sonja Bohn, Stefan Melchior, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Biofilter und Biowäscher zur Minderung der Methanemission / Claudia Fiencke, Fang Liu, Cindy Wienke, Wilfried Gläseker, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Das HELP-Modell zur Simulation des Wasserhaushalts von Abdichtungssystemen für Deponien und Altlasten / Klaus Berger Nachhaltigkeitsforschung für Hamburg Bodenhydrologische und bodentechnologische Forschung zur Oberflächenabdichtung von Deponien und Altlasten - Forschungsansatz und Beitrag zur Entwicklung des Standes der Technik / Stefan Melchior, Günter Miehlich Bodenhydrologische und bodentechnologische Forschung zur Oberflächenabdichtung von Deponien und Altlasten - Messergebnisse zu den untersuchten Systemen / Stefan Melchior, Klaus Berger, Beate Vielhaber, Bernd Steinert, Katrin Tresselt, Alexander Gröngröft, Günter Miehlich Umweltprobleme schadstoffbelasteten Baggerguts / Alexander Gröngröft, Günter Miehlich Einsatz von Baggergut im Deichbau / Katja Oing, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Welches Sauerstoffzehrungspotential haben die Sedimente der Elbe im Hamburger Hafen? / Mathias Spieckermann, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Stadtböden, die Lebensgrundlage von Stadtbäumen / Selina Schaaf-Titel, Simon Thomsen, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Ausbildung und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit Bodenkundliche Lehre an der Universität Hamburg / Lars Kutzbach, Annette Eschenbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Die Doktorandenausbildung im Institut für Bodenkunde / Annette Eschenbach, Lars Kutzbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Mein Student und ich - eine Bodenprobe berichtet aus dem Laboralltag / Birgit Grabellus, Deborah Harms, Sumita Rui, Monika Voß Feldlabor „Himmelmoor" / Lars Kutzbach, David Holl, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Öffentlichkeitsarbeit am Institut für Bodenkunde / Günter Miehlich, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Absolventinnen und Absolventen - Was ist aus ihnen geworden? Dr. Jörg Freytag (Geschäftsführender Gesellschafter eines Labors) Dr. habil. Julia Gebert (Professur, TU Delft, Niederlande) Andreas Hadenfeldt (Landwirt) Dr. Maja Karrasch (Hamburg Port Authority) PD Dr. habil. Stefan Melchior (Gesellschafter eines Ingenieurbüros) Dr. Andreas Petersen (Universität Hamburg, Wissenschaftsmanagement) Dr. Ingke Rachor (Behörde für Umwelt und Energie Hamburg, Altlastensanierung) Dr. Tina Sanders (Postdoc, Helmholtz-Zentrum Geesthacht) Ronja Tigges (Ingenieurbüro) Dr. Beate Vielhaber (Stadtreinigung Berlin) Dr. Sarah Wiesner (Postdoc, Meteorologisches Institut der Universität Hamburg) Florian Zander (Doktorand, TU Delft/UHH) Mitarbeiter und Mitarbeiterinnen Mitarbeiterinnen und Mitarbeiter auf Planstellen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016
    In: Forschungs- und Entwicklungsprogramm / Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2013-2016
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: In 2 Bänden , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-2
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I. Selected scientific and coordinating staff Research Unit 1a: The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate Boike, Julia Diekmann, Bernhard Eisen, Olaf Grosse, Guido Hellmer, Hartmut H. Herzschuh, Ulrike Humbert, Angelika Lantuit, Hugues Mollenhauer, Gesine Rex, Markus Wilhelms, Frank Research Unit lb: Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services and biogeochernical processes Boetius, Antje Bracher, Astrid Brey, Thomas Haas, Christian Kanzow, Torsten Klaas, Christine Meyer, Bettina Pörtner, Hans-Otto Richter, Claudio Rost, Björn Soltwedel, Thomas Strass, Volker H. Waite, Anya M. Research Unit 2: Fragile coasts and she!f seas Abele, Doris Boersma, Maarten Buschbaum, Christian Gerdts, Gunnar John, Uwe Kasten, Sabine Koch, Boris Wegner, K. Mathias Wiltshire, Karen Helen Research Unit 3: The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis Bijma, Jelle Jokat, Wilfried Jung, Thomas Knorr, Gregor Köhler, Peter Laepple, Thomas Lamy, Frank Lohmann, Gerrit Schlindwein, Vera Stein, Rüdiger Tiedemann, Ralf Wolf-Gladrow, Dieter Research Unit 4: Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services Bergmann, Melanie Buck, Bela H. Frickenhaus, Stephan Grosfeld, Klaus Gutow, Lars Krause, Gesche Research Unit 5: Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II Nixdorf, Uwe II. Indicators and resources 1. Indicators and resources by Research Units 2. Indicators and resources by user facilities 3. Indicators and resources by program Program PACES II "Marine, Coastal and Polar Systems" 4. Indicators for the center Ill. Definition of indicators IV. List of abbreviations Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-1
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 182 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of most commonly used abbreviations I. Helmholtz Association - Mission and Strategy II. Helmholtz Research Field Earth and Environment II.1 Overview II. 2 Programs Ill. Alfred Wegener Institute Helmholtz Centre III.1 Organization Ill. 2 Strategic partnerships and cooperation Ill. 3 Research infrastructure Ill. 4 Career development, talent management and equal opportunity Ill. 5 Knowledge and technology transfer Ill. 6 Scientific awards and appointments Ill. 7 Membership of international Boards and Committees 2013-2016 (selection) IV. Research Units IV. 1a Research Unit 1a The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate IV. 1a.1 Mission statement IV. 1a.2 Introduction IV. 1a.3 Scientific questions IV. 1a.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1a.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1a.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1a.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1a.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1a.9 Overview of Contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1a.10 Outlook IV. 1a.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1a.12 References IV. 1b Research Unit 1b Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems and biogeochemical processes IV. 1b.1 Mission statement IV. 1b.2 Introduction IV. 1b.3 Scientific questions IV. 1b.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1b.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1b.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1b.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1b.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1b.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1b.10 Outlook IV. 1b.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1b.12 References IV.2 Research Unit 2 Fragile coasts and shelf seas IV. 2.1 Mission statement IV. 2.2 Introduction IV. 2.3 Scientific questions IV. 2.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 2.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 2.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 2.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 2.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 2.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 2.10 Outlook IV. 2.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 2.12 References IV. 3 Research Unit 3 The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis IV. 3.1 Mission statement IV. 3.2 Introduction IV. 3.3 Scientific questions IV. 3.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 3.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 3.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 3.7 Leadership and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 3.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 3.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 3.10 Outlook IV. 3.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 3.12 References IV. 4 Research Unit 4 Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services IV. 4.1 Mission statement IV. 4.2 Introduction IV. 4.3 Scientific tasks and services IV. 4.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 4.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 4.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 4.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 4.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 4.9 Outlook IV. 4.10 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 4.11 References IV.5 Research Unit 5 Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II IV. 5.1 Mission statement IV. 5.2 Overview IV. 5.3 Research Unit SA IV. 5.4 Research Unit 58 (LK II Infrastructure) V. Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.1 Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.2 Detailed recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate for each Research Unit (not covered above) Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd
    Call number: AWI P5-18-91257 ; IASS 18.91435
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is a region that has seen exponential growth as a space of geopolitical interest over the past decade. This insightful book is the first to analyse the European Union’s Arctic policy endeavours of the early 21st Century from a critical geopolitical perspective. Exploring the EU’s decade-long undertaking to construct legitimacy in the Arctic between 2008 and 2017, Andreas Raspotnik investigates whether the EU can figure prominently in the Arctic region as an international actor. This book presents the EU’s interest in the Arctic as a fascinating test case for how the EU aims to assert its policies and values in a neighbouring region. This contemporary and intriguing book will be an invaluable resource for scholars and students of international relations, European studies, geography, and Arctic studies, as well as those on courses relating to international organisations and global/regional politics. It will also appeal to the broader public with an interest in the challenges and opportunities of the Arctic region.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 231 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78811-208-6 , 9781788112093 (eBook)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of figures and tables. - List of boxes. - Acknowledgements. - List of abbreviations. - PART I INTRODUCTION . - 1. The Geopolitics of an Arctic Meltdown and the Question of EUropean Arctic Space. - PART II GEOPOLITICS. - 2. The Thought Experiment Referred to as Geopolitics. - PART III THE ARCTIC. - 3. Arctic Geopolitics and the Regional Zeitgeist of the Twenty-First Century. - PART IV THE EUROPEAN UNION. - 4. EUropean Dimensions of Arctic Presence. - 5. An Action in the Making: The EU’s Arctic Policy-Making Process. - 6. The EU’s Arctic Space-Making Practices. - PART V CONCLUSION. - 7. A European Geopolitical Subject in the Arctic?. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIX I. - APPENDIX II. - INDEX.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92164
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Redaktioneller Stand Januar 2018
    Series Statement: Im Fokus / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT: EDITORIAL. - Auf den Spuren des Wandels: Forschung an den Brennpunkten unseres Planeten. - SCHWERPUNKTTHEMA. - Hotspot Arktis – wenn das Eis verschwindet. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - E-Mails vom Filchner-Schelfeis. - MEEREISVORHERSAGE. - Wenn zwei sich „streiten“. - KLIMAMODELLIERUNG. - Stets die richtige Maschenweite. - HYDROAKUSTIK. - Der Sound des Ozeans. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - Der Wärme-Pulsschlag des Nordatlantiks. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - Wohin wandert der Rieseneisberg vom Larsen C-Schelfeis?. - ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG. - Per Anhalter in die Arktis. - KLIMAMODELLIERUNG. - Die Stärken des Rechnens. - FERNERKUNDUNG. - Die Lücken im Blick. - ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG. - Die Ozon-Story. - MEEREISPHYSIK. - Messungen aus der Vogelperspektive. - FORSCHUNGSVERBUND. - Den Klimawandel vor der Haustür verstehen. - INFOGRAFIK. - Einblicke in das Klima der Vergangenheit. - MEERESSPIEGELANSTIEG. - Eis weg - Land unter!. - IMPRESSUM.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz-Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92165
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: January 2018
    Series Statement: Im Fokus / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Language: German
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: EDITORIAL. - Tracking Changes: research at our planet’s hotspots. - FOCUS TOPIC. - Hotspot Arktic - when the ice disappears. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - E-mails from the Filchner Ice Shelf. - SEA-ICE FORECASTING. - Great minds don’t always think alike. - CLIMATE MODELLING. - Always the right scale. - HYDROACOUSTICS. - The Music of the Ocean. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - The Pulse of Heat in the North Atlantic. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - Where is the giant iceberg from the Larsen C Ice Shelf heading?. - ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH. - Hitchhiking across the arctic. - CLIMATE MODELLING. - The benefits of model. - REMOTE SENSING. - Minding the gaps. - ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH. - The Ozone Story. - SEA-ICE PHYSICS. - A bird’s eye view of the ice. - RESEARCH NETWORK INITIATIVE. - Understanding the climate change on your own doorstep. - INFOGRAPHIC. - Decoding the Earth ́s climate history. - SEA LEVEL RISE. - Melting ice flooded shores. - MASTHEAD.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92383
    Description / Table of Contents: In ice-rich permafrost regions, changes in the permafrost thermal regime cause surface disturbances. These changes are amplified by the increase in air temperatures recorded in the Arctic in the past decades. Thermokarst is a process that leads to surface subsidence and formation of characteristic landforms following thawing of ice-rich permafrost or melting of massive ice. Thermokarst is widespread on hillslopes and the number of associated landforms is increasing in the Arctic. Through this process large amounts of material are eroded and transported to the sea or accumulate along hillslopes. While hillslope thermokarst modifies terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, there is limited understanding of its environmental impact at a regional scale. In this thesis we quantify the environmental impacts of hillslope thermokarst on the valley and nearshore ecosystems along the Yukon Coast, Canada. Using supervised machine learning, we identified geomorphic factors that favour the development of coastal retrogressive thaw slump (RTS), one of the most dynamic hillslope thermokarst landform. Coastal geomorphology and ground ice type and content play a major role in RTS occurrence. Using aerial photographs and satellite imagery, we traced the evolution of RTSs between 1952 and 2011. During this time, the number and areal coverage of RTSs increased by 73%. RTSs eroded and partly released to the nearshore zone organic carbon contained in millions of cubic meters of material. Our results show that 56% of the RTSs identified along the coast in 2011 have eroded 16.6 × 10^6 m3 of material; a large part (45%) was transported alongshore due to coastal processes. Moreover, we show that RTSs are a major contributor to the carbon budget in the nearshore ecosystem: 17% of the coastal RTSs identified in 2011 contributed annually up to 0.6% of the organic carbon released by coastal retreat along the Yukon Coast. To assess the impact of hillslope thermokarst on the terrestrial ecosystem, we measured the spatial distribution of soil organic carbon (SOC) and total nitrogen (TN) along hillslopes in three Arctic valleys. We highlight the high spatial variability in the distribution of SOC and TN in the valleys. This distribution is caused by complex soil processes occurring along the hillslopes. Hillslope thermokarst impacts the degradation of organic matter and affects the storage of SOC and TN.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xvii, 103 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Contents Acknowledgements Abstract (English/Deutsch/Français) List of figures List of tables 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientic background 1.1.1 The Arctic coast, permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Organic carbon in permafrost soils 1.1.3 Hillslope thermokarst processes 1.2 Aims 1.3 Study region 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Mapping 1.4.2 Spline interpolation and volumes estimations 1.4.3 Fieldwork 1.4.4 Geochemical analyses 1.4.5 Statistical analyses 1.5 Thesis outline 1.6 Authors’ contributions 2 Synthesis 2.1 Retrogressive thaw slumps are widely spread in ice-rich permafrost areas 2.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps contribute signicantly to the nearshore or-ganic carbon 2.3 Thermokarst impacts the distribution of soil organic carbon along hill-slopes 2.4 Outlook . 3 Terrain Controls on the Occurrence of Coastal RTSs 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Methods 3.4.1 Mapping of retrogressive thaw slumps and landform classication 3.4.2 Environmental variables 3.4.3 Univariate regression trees 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Characteristics of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.5.2 Density and areal coverage of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Characteristics and distribution of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.6.2 Terrain factors explaining retrogressive thaw slump occurrence 3.6.3 Coastal Processes 3.7 Conclusion 4 RTSs release sediments and organic carbon into the Arctic Ocean 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Evolution of retrogressive thaw slumps 4.4.2 Volume Estimations 4.4.3 Estimates of soil and dissolved organic carbon values 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Evolution of retrogressive thaw slumps between 1952 and 2011 4.5.2 Eroded material and estimated amount of mobilized SOC and DOC 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Increase in slump activity 4.6.2 Eroded material from retrogressive thaw slumps and organic car-bon uxes 4.6.3 Impact of retrogressive thaw slumps on the coastal ecosystem 4.7 Conclusion 5 Snapshot of carbon and nitrogen distribution in Arctic valleys 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study Area 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Spatial analyses 5.4.2 Sampling Scheme 5.4.3 Geochemical analyses 5.4.4 Environmental variables and statistical analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Geomorphology of the valleys 5.5.2 Spatial distribution of carbon and nitrogen 5.5.3 Correlations between soil characteristics and geochemical variables 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Variability in soil and geochemical properties in Arctic valleys 5.6.2 Hillslope Processes 5.7 Conclusion 6 Eidessttatliche Erklärung A Appendix A.1 Chapter 3 A.2 Chapter 4 A.3 Chapter 5 Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : International Arctic Science Committee
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92792
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 99 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: April 2018
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY 1. BACKGROUND AND OVERARCHING GOALS OF MOSAiC 2. MEASUREMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Atmosphere (team ATMOS) 2.2 Sea Ice and Snow Cover (team ICE) 2.3 Ocean (team OCEAN) 2.4 Bio-geochemical System (team BGC) 2.5 Ecosystem (team ECO) 2.6 Cross-team coordination 3. OBSERVATIONAL SCALES AND SCIENTIFIC-TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION 3.1 Installations, Labs, and Containers on Polarstern 3.2 Major Installations on/in/under the Central lee Camp 3.3 Deployment and Operation ofthe Distributed Network 3.4 Airborne Observations 3.5 Hovercraft Observations 3.6. Other Main Platforms 3.7 Intensive Observation Periods 3.8 Events 4. PRACTICAL/ LOGISTICAL ASPECTS 4.1 Detailed Time Line (2016-2022) 4.2 Drift Trajectory and Re-supply 4.3 Personnel and Personnel Exchange 4.4 Routine Operations during the Drift 4.5 Governance Structure 4.6 Rescue and Alternative Plans 4.7 Safety Aspects during the Drift 4.8 Impacts of Polarstern on Measurements and Environment 4.9 Outreach and Media Concept 4.10 Preparation and summary workshops, conferences 5. IMPLEMENTATION OF REMOTE SENSING 5.1 Pre-drift Coordination of the Remote Sensing Program 5.2 Acquisition of Satellite Data during the Drift 5.3 Coordination with In-situ Measurements 6. IMPLEMENTATION OF NUMERICAL MODELS 6.1 Operational Forecast and Reanalysis Products of the MOSAiC Drift 6.2 Data Assimilation Studies 6.3 Process and Regional Modeling of the Sub-systems 6.4 Coupled Climate Modeling 7. DATA POLICY AND MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.1 Outcome ofthe St. Petersburg Implementation Workshop 7.2 The MOSAiC Data Group: Development ofthe Data Management Plan 7.3 The Technical Concept for Supporting the Data Life Cycle in MOSAiC 7.4 The Role of PANGAEA as MOSAiC Data Repository 7.5 Project Data Management and Publication 8. LINKS TO EXTERNAL PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS 8.1 Cooperation with External Projects and Programs 8.2 Cooperation with Parallel Experiments 9. APPENDIX 9.1 Preliminary Tables of Parameters for Sections 2.1 to 2.5 9.2 Preliminary Table of Partners 9.3 List of Abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sosnowiec : Wydział Nauk o Ziemi Uniwersytet Śląski | Warszawa : Instytut Geofizyki Polskiej Akademii Nauk | Sopot : Instytut Oceanologii Polskiej Akademii Nauk
    Call number: AWI S6-22-94809
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 101, [3] Seiten , Illustrationen , 22x22 cm
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents INTRODUCTION 1. The Centre for Polar Studies 2. The Centre in the context of Polish and international polar research 3. Development and achievements of the Centre for Polar Studies Underwater acoustic signatures od glacier calving Svalbard reveals a new island Freshwater in a salty fjord Between genetics and palaeontology: ancient DNA in palaeoceanographical research Influence of glacial disturbance and food availability on organisms size in Kongsfjorden and Hornsund fjords Message in a stainless steel bottle thrown into deep geological time 4. Technical facilities and infrastructure for polar research 5. Interdisciplinary Polar Studies Foundations of ISP Profiles of doctoral thesis 6. Exploration of Polar and Mountain Regions - a new speciality of MSc studies at the Faculty of Earth Sciences, University of Silesia 7. Science communication and dissemination 8. Towards the future
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: ZSP-168-716
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 716
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 211 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 716
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Characterization of soil organic matter of Arctic and Antarctic by 13- C NMR and electron spin resonance spectroscopy / Evgeny Abakumov Development of phosphorus forms in soil chronosequence of the Nordenskioldbreen glacier (Svalbard) / Adel Allaberdina, Václav Tejnecký Vertical snow structures from in-situ and remote sensing measurements / Stefanie Arndt, Nicolas Stoll, Stephan Paul, Christian Haas Phenology of Calanus glacialis – comparison between Arctic and Atlantic domains and its implications for reproductive success of little auks / Kaja Balazy, Emilia Trudnowska, Katarzyna Blachowiak-Samolyk Response of southern tundra ecosystem components on aerial pollution from gas pre-treatment centers in West Siberia / Pavel A. Barsukov Soil-ecological excursions to permafrost-affected areas in West Siberia for European scientists and students / Pavel A. Barsukov, S. Platonova, S. Gizhitskaya, E. Smolentseva, N. Lashchinskiy, A. Babenko, I. Lyubechanskiy, O. Saprykin, O.Rusalimova Christian Siewert Freezing and hungry? Hydrocarbon degrading microbial communities in Barents Sea sediments around Svalbard / Bartholomäus Sven, Nontje Straaten, Daniela Zoch, Martin Krüger Biological soil crust algae in the polar regions – biodiversity, genetic diversity and ecosystem resilience under global change scenarios / Burkhard Becker, Burkhard Büdel and Ulf Karsten UDASH - Unified Database for Arctic and Subarctic Hydrography / Axel Behrendt, Hiroshi Sumata, Benjamin Rabe, Torsten Kanzow and Ursula Schauer Compound-specific radiocarbon constraints on Antarctic sediment chronologies / Sonja Berg, Sandra Jivcov, Janet Rethemeyer Environmental conditions in terrestrial East Antarctica during the last glacial - new evidence from mumiyo deposits / Sonja Berg, Martin Melles, Wolf-Dieter Hermichen, Janet Rethemeyer, Gerhard Kuhn Collection-based diatom research: collection imaging to biogeography and microevolution in the Southern Ocean / Bánk Beszteri, Stefan Pinkernell, Michael Kloster, Ute Postel, Gerhard Kauer, Uwe John, Klaus Valentin, Gernot Glöckner In vivo observations of OWA induced pH changes in the brain of polar cod Boreogadus saida / Christian Bock, Felizitas C. Wermter, Bastian Maus, Hans-O. Pörtner, Wolfgang Dreher A journey into the Triassic polar forests of Antarctica / Benjamin Bomfleur Long-term time-series of Arctic BrO derived from UV-VIS satellite remote sensing / lias Bougoudis, Anne-Marlene Blechschmidt, Andreas Richter, Sora Seo, John P. Burrows The effect of climate change on the carbon balance in microalgae / Deborah Bozzato, Torsten Jakob, Christian Wilhelm Species composition and abundance of the shallow water fish community of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Brand, Philipp Fischer Decadal changes in a breeding population of southern giant petrels on King George Island, Antarctic, in response to human activities / Christina Braun, Jan Esefeld, Hans-Ulrich Peter Geodetic GNSS measurements to investigate the recent crustal deformation at the Antarctic Peninsula and in the Amundsen Sea Embayment, West Antarctica / Peter Busch, Mirko Scheinert, Christoph Knöfel, Lutz Eberlein, Martin Horwath, Ludwig Schröder, Andreas Groh Parameterization of snow BRDF measurements in Antarctica / T. Carlsen, G. Birnbaum, A. Ehrlich, M. Schäfer, and M. Wendisch Airborne and in situ ground-based measurements of surface albedo, bidirectional reflectivity, and snow properties on the Antarctic plateau / T. Carlsen, M. Belke Brea, G. Birnbaum, A. Ehrlich, J. Freitag, G. Heygster, L. Istomina, S. Kipfstuhl, A. Orsi, M. Schäfer, and M. Wendisch Retreats of ice sheet and ice shelf driven by warm water incursions in the Ross Sea since the Last Glacial Maximum / Zhihua Chen, Mengshan Ju, Shulan Ge, Zheng Tang, Yuanhui Huang, Renjie Zhao, Ralf Tiedemann, Lester Lembke-Jene Influence of breeze circulation on local wind climatology in Svalbard fjords / Małgorzata Cisek, Przemysław Makuch, Tomasz Petelski, Jacek Piskozub Life strategies on photobiology and metabolite profile of genetic indentical photobionts of two different lichen species / Nadine Determeyer-Wiedmann, Sieglinde Ott Land-Ocean Interactions in the late glacial Bering Sea / B. Diekmann, R. Wang, H. Kühn, R. Gersonde, R. Tiedemann, G. Kuhn Does environmental change affect polar microbial communities? / Daniel R. Dietrich Rapid glacial isostatic uplift in Patagonia: Interplay of enhanced ice mass loss and slab window tectonics / R. Dietrich, A. Richter, E. Ivins, H. Lange, L. Mendoza, L. Schröder, J.L. Hormaechea, G. Casassa, E. Marderwald, M. Fritsche, R. Perdomo, M. Horwath Phylogenomics of the longitarsal Colossendeidae: the evolution of a diverse Antarctic sea spider radiation / Lars Dietz, Jana S. Dömel, Christoph Mayer, Florian Leese Revealing the evolutionary history of Southern Ocean sea spiders using genome-wide SNP data / Jana S. Dömel, Till-Hendrik Macher, Lars Dietz, Christoph Mayer, Roland R. Melzer and Florian Leese Geothermal heat flux derived from airborne magnetic grids and measured temperature gradients in the Amundsen Sea sector of West Antarctica / Ricarda Dziadek, Karsten Gohl, Fausto Ferraccioli, Norbert Kaul, Cornelia Spiegel Sea spray aerosol fluxes in the area of the Spitsbergen Shelf and the Greenland Sea / K. Dziembor, T. Petelski, P. Markuszewski, T. Zieliński, P. Makuch, I. Wróbel More than two decades of geodetic GNSS measurements in Antarctica, Greenland and Patagonia – a technology review / Lutz Eberlein, Mirko Scheinert, Peter Busch, Christoph Knöfel, Andreas Richter Analysing the flow velocity of major outlet glaciers in North Greenland using Landsat data / Benjamin Ebermann, Ralf Rosenau, Mirko Scheinert, Martin Horwath Partitioning growing season net ecosystem exchange of CO2 into photosynthesis, autotrophic and heterotrophic respiration in the Siberian tundra / Tim Eckhardt, Christian Knoblauch, Lars Kutzbach, Gillian Simpson, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Meteorological collaboration in the Arctic / Johanna Ekman Meteorological aspects of S.A. Andrée’s attempt to reach the North Pole by balloon in 1897 / Dieter Etling Geodetic mass balance on South Georgia glaciers / David Farias-Barahona, Christian Sommer, Thorsten Seehaus, Philipp Malz, Gino Casassa, Matthias H. Braun Frozen-Ground Cartoons: An international collaboration between artists and permafrost scientists / Michael Fritz, Frédéric Bouchard, Bethany Deshpande, Julie Malenfant-Lepage, Alexandre Nieuwendam, Michel Paquette, Ashley Rudy, Matthias Siewert, Audrey Veillette, Stefanie Weege, Jon Harbor, Otto Habeck, Ylva Sjöberg The Akademii Nauk ice core and solar activity / Diedrich Fritzsche, Luisa von Albedyll, Silke Merchel, Thomas Opel, Georg Rugel, Andreas Scharf Walther Bruns, Gründer der „Aeroarctic“ – ein vergessener Pionier der Deutschen Polarforschung / Diedrich Fritzsche Warming and reduction of precipitations affect the microbiome of recently deglaciated soils in the Swiss Alps / Aline Frossard, Johanna Donhauser, Pascal Niklaus, Thomas Rime, Beat Frey The ice-free topography of Svalbard / Johannes J. Fürst, Francisco Navarro, Fabien Gillet-Chaulet, Geir Moholdt, Xavier Fettweis, Charlotte Lang, Thorsten Seehaus, Matthias H. Braun, Douglas I. Benn, Toby J. Benham, Julian A. Dowdeswell, Mariusz Grabiec, Jack Kohler, Katrin Lindbäck, Rickard Pettersson, Heidi Sevestre Scientific Drilling in Antarctica? Coming to a new drilling proposal / Christoph Gaedicke, Gerhard Kuhn, Olaf Eisen, Andreas Läufer, Emma Smith, Nikola Koglin, Boris Biskaborn, Dieter Franke, Ralf Tiedemann German permanent research facilities in Antarctica - a 40 years record / Hartwig Gernandt Pre-glacial and glacial shelf evolution from seismic and seabed drill records of the Amundsen Sea, West Antarctica / Karsten Gohl, Gabriele Uenzelmann-Neben, Robert Larter, Johann Klages, Claus-Dieter Hillenbrand, Torsten Bickert, Steve Bohaty, Ulrich Salzmann, Thomas Frederichs, Catalina Gebhardt, Katharina Hochmuth and Expedition PS104 Science Party The Turnove
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93487
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a general survey of Geocryology, which is the study of frozen ground called permafrost. Frozen ground is the product of cold climates as well as a variety of environmental factors. Its major characteristic is the accumulation of large quantities of ice which may exceed 90% by volume. Soil water changing to ice results in ground heaving, while thawing of this ice produces ground subsidence often accompanied by soil flowage. Permafrost is very susceptible to changes in weather and climate as well as to changes in the microenvironment. Cold weather produces contraction of the ground, resulting in cracking of the soil as well as breakup of concrete, rock, etc. Thus permafrost regions have unique landforms and processes not found in warmer lands. The book is divided into three parts. Part 1 provides an introduction to the characteristics of permafrost. Four chapters deal with its definition and characteristics, the unique processes operating there, the factors affecting it, and its general distribution. Part 2 consists of seven chapters describing the characteristic landforms unique to these areas and the processes involved in their formation. Part 3 discusses the special problems encountered by engineers in construction projects including settlements, roads and railways, the oil and gas industry, mining, and the agricultural and forest industries. The three authors represent three countries and three language groups, and together have over 120 years of experience of working in permafrost areas throughout the world. The book contains over 300 illustrations and photographs, and includes an extensive bibliography in order to introduce the interested reader to the large current literature.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xliii, 765 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781138054165 , 9781315166988 (electronic)
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Preface About the authors Acknowledgements Dedication List of figures List of tables List of symbols Part I Introduction and characteristics of permafrost I Definition and description 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Additional terms originating in Russia 1.3 History of permafrost research 1.4 Measurement of ground temperature 1.5 Conduction, convection and advection 1.6 Therm al regimes in regions based on heat conduction 1.7 Continentality index 1.8 Moisture movement in the active layer during freezing and thawing 1.9 Moisture conditions in permafrost ground 1.10 Results of freezing moisture 1.11 Strength of ice 1.12 Cryosols, gelisols, and leptosols 1.13 Fragipans 1.14 Salinity in permafrost regions 1.15 Organic matter 1.16 Micro-organisms in permafrost 1.16.1 Antarctic permafrost 1.16.2 High-latitude permafrost 1.16.3 High altitude permafrost in China 1.16.4 Phenotypic traits 1.16.5 Relation to climate change on the Tibetan plateau 1.17 Gas and gas hydrates 1.18 Thermokarst areas 1.19 Offshore permafrost 2 Cryogenic processes where temperatures dip below 0°C 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The nature of ice and water 2.3 Effects of oil pollution on freezing 2.4 Freezing and thawing of the active layer in permafrost in equilibrium with a stable climate 2.5 Relation of clay mineralogy to the average position of the permafrost table 2.6 Ground temperature envelopes in profiles affected by changes in mean annual ground surface temperature (MASGT) 2.7 Needle ice 2.8 Frost heaving 2.9 Densification and thaw settlement 2.10 Cryostratigraphy, cryostructures, cryotextures and cryofacies 2.11 Ground cracking 2.12 Dilation cracking 2.13 Frost susceptibility 2.14 Cryoturbation, gravity processes and injection structures 2.14.1 Cryoturbation 2.14.2 Upward injection of sediments from below 2.14.3 Load-casting 2.15 Upheaving of objects 2.16 Upturning of objects 2.17 Sorting 2.18 Weathering and frost comminution 2.19 Karst in areas with permafrost 2.20 Seawater density and salinity 3 Factors affecting permafrost distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Climatic factors 3.2.1 Heat balance on the surface of the Earth and its effect on the climate 3.2.2 Relationship between air and ground temperatures 3.2.3 Thermal offset 3.2.4 Relation to air masses 3.2.5 Precipitation 3.2.6 Latitude and longitude 3.2.7 Topography and altitude 3.2.8 Cold air drainage 3.2.9 Buffering of temperatures against change in mountain ranges 3.3 Terrain factors 3.3.1 Vegetation 3.3.2 Hydrology 3.3.3 Lakes and water bodies 3.3.4 Nature of the soil and rock 3.3.5 Fire 3.3.6 Glaciers 3.3.7 The effects of Man 4 Permafrost distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Zonation of permafrost 4.3 Permafrost mapping 4.4 Examples of mapping units used 4.5 Modeling permafrost distribution 4.6 Advances in geophysical methods 4.7 Causes of variability reducing the reliability of small-scale maps 4.8 Maps of permafrost-related properties based on field observations 4.8.1 Permafrost thickness 4.8.2 Maps of ice content 4.8.3 Water resources locked up in perennially frozen ground 4.8.4 Total carbon content 4.9 Use of remote sensing and airborne platforms in monitoring environmental conditions and disturbances 4.10 Sensitivity to climate change: Hazard zonation 4.11 Classification of permafrost stability based on mean annual ground temperature Part II Permafrost landforms II. 1 Introduction 5 Frost cracking, ice-wedges, sand, loess and rock tessellons 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Primary and secondary wedges 5.2.1 Primary wedges 5.2.1.1 Ice-wedges 5.2.1.2 Sand tessellons 5.2.1.3 Loess tessellons 5.2.1.4 Rock tessellons 5.2.2 Secondary wedges 5.2.2.1 Ice-wedge casts 5.2.2.2 Soil wedges 6 Massive ground ice in lowlands 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Distribution of massive icy beds in surface sediments 6.3 Sources of the sediments 6.4 Deglaciation of the Laurentide ice sheet 6.5 Methods used to determine the origin of the massive icy beds 6.6 Massive icy beds interpreted as being formed by cryosuction 6.7 Massive icy beds that may represent stagnant glacial ice 6.8 Other origins of massive icy beds 6.9 Ice complexes including yedoma deposits 6.10 Conditions for growth of thick ice-wedges 6.11 The mechanical condition of the growth of ice-wedges and its connection to the properties of the surrounding sediments 6.12 Buoyancy of ice-wedges 6.13 Summary of the ideas explaining yedoma evolution 6.14 Aufeis 6.15 Perennial ice caves 6.16 Types of ice found in perennial ice caves 6.17 Processes involved in the formation of perennial ice caves 6.18 Cycles of perennial cave evolution 6.18.1 Perennial ice caves in deep hollows 6.18.2 Sloping caves with two entrances 6.18.3 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance but air entering through cracks and joints in the bedrock walls 6.18.4 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance and no other sources of cooling 6.19 Ice caves in subtropical climates 6.20 Massive blocks of ice in bedrock or soil 7 Permafrost mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Mounds over 2.5 m diameter 7.2.1 Mounds formed predominantly of injection ice 7.2.1.1 Pingo mounds 7.2.1.2 Hydrostatic or closed system pingos 7.2.1.3 Hydraulic or open system pingos 7.2.1.4 Pingo plateaus 7.2.1.5 Seasonal frost mounds 7.2.1.6 Icing blisters 7.2.1.7 Perennial mounds of uncertain origin 7.2.1.8 Similar mounds that can be confused with injection phenomena 7.2.2 Mounds formed dominantly by cryosuction 7.2.2.1 Paisas 7.2.2.1.1 Paisas in maritime climates 7.2.2.1.2 Paisas in cold, continental climates 7.2.2.1.3 Lithalsas 7.2.2.1.4 Palsa/Lithalsa look-alikes 7.2.3 Mounds formed by the accumulation of ice in the thawing fringe: Peat plateaus 7.3 Cryogenic mounds less than 2.5 m in diameter 7.3.1 Oscillating hummocks 7.3.2 Thufurs 7.3.3 Silt-cycling hummocks 7.3.4 Niveo-aeolian hummocks 7.3.5 Similar-looking mounds of uncertain origin 7.3.6 String bogs 7.3.7 Pounus 8 Mass wasting of fine-grained materials in cold climates 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Classification of mass wasting 8.3 Slow flows 8.3.1 Cryogenic creep 8.3.1.1 Needle ice creep 8.3.1.2 Frost heave and frost creep 8.3.1.3 Gelifluction 8.3.1.4 Other creep-type contributions to downslope movement of soil 8.3.2 Landforms produced by cryogenic slow flows in humid areas 8.3.3 Landforms developed by cryogenic flows in more arid regions 8.4 Cryogenic fast flows 8.4.1 Cryogenic debris flows 8.4.2 Cryogenic slides and slumps 8.4.3 Cryogenic composite slope failures 8.4.3.1 Active-layer detachment slides 8.4.3.2 Retrogressive thaw failures 8.4.3.3 Snow avalanches and slushflows 8.4.3.3.1 Snow avalanches 8.4.3.3.2 Slush avalanches 8.5 Relative effect in moving debris downslope in the mountains 9 Landforms consisting of blocky materials in cold climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Source of the blocks 9.3 Influence of rock type 9.4 Weathering products 9.5 Biogenic weathering 9.6 Fate of the soluble salts produced by chemical and biogenic weathering 9.7 Rate of cliff retreat 9.8 Landforms resulting from the accumulation of predominantly blocky materials in cryogenic climates 9.8.1 Cryogenic block fields 9.8.1.1 Measurement of rates of release of blocks on slopes 9.8.2 Cryogenic block slopes and fans 9.8.3 Classification of cryogenic talus slopes 9.8.3.1 Coarse blocky talus slopes 9.8.4 Protection of infrastructure from falling rock 9.9 Talus containing significant amounts of finer material 9.9.1 Rock glaciers 9.9.1.1 Sedimentary composition and structure of active rock glaciers 9.9.1.2 Origin of the ice in active rock glaciers 9.9.1.3 Relationship to vegetation 9.9.2 Movement of active rock glaciers 9.9.2.1 Horizontal movement 9.9.2.2 Movement of the front 9.9.3 Distribution of active rock glaciers 9.9.4 Inactive and fossil rock glaciers 9.9.5 Streams flowing from under rock glaciers 9.10 Cryogenic block streams 9.10.1 Characteristics 9.10.2 Classification 9.10.2.1
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut [Eigenverlag]
    Call number: AWI S6-17-90977
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 101 Seiten , zahlreiche farbige Illustrationen , 21 x 15 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Einleitung. - Meeresforschung in der deutschen Nordsee : über Tradition, Beharrlichkeit und Exzellenz. - Gezeiten : ausgewählte Ereignisse. - Themen & Texte. - Die stille Frühgeschichte der Biologischen Anstalt Helgoland : über ihre Entstehung 1892 und über die Wiederaufnahme ihrer Arbeit 1945 / Christian Salewski. - Wassereimer mit wundersamen Kleinstlebewesen : die Wiege der Meeresforschung auf Helgoland / Karen H. Wiltshire und Peter Lemke. - Lebensgemeinschaften erforschen : Karl August Möbius und die Austernbänke / Christian Buschbaum. - "Da muss man tauchen" : die Erfassung der untermeerischen Algenvegetation / Klaus Lüning. - Forschung im Wandel : von Organismen zu Ökosystemen / Maarten Boersma. - Otto Kinne : Direktor der Biologischen Anstalt Helgoland von 1962-1984 / Karen H. Wiltshire. - Ein persönlicher Rückblick : von einer kleinen Feldstation zum Wissenschaftsbetrieb / Harald Asmus und Ragnhild Asmus. - Gerhard Drebes : Experte für marines Phytoplankton / Kerstin Mölter. - Gastliche Häuser : Gestern und Heute / Gotthilf Hempel. - Die Biologische Anstalt Helgoland und ihr Anschluss an das AWI / Jörn Thiede und Rainer Paulenz. - Jubiläumsgemälde / Lionel Playford. - Zahlen & Daten / Karen H. Wiltshire und Kerstin Mölter. - Von "Alte Post" bis "Bluehouse" : Stationsgebäude im Wandel der Zeit. - Entwicklungsgrade° : eine Zeitreihe. - Prägende Persönlichkeiten. - Forschungsflotte. - Literatur. - Fotonachweise, Impressum.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: AWI Bio-17-90819
    Description / Table of Contents: The authors completed collecting and arranging plates of photomicrographs for common pollen and spores in Quaternary strata. Given China's vast territory, complex vegetation types, a variety of plants, and polen grains with similar morphology probably produced by different plant species in different regions. We have organized this book's photomicrographs of pollen grains and spores in the division of China into five regions, i.e. northwest,northern, southeast, south and southwest China. Photomicrographs of pollen grains and spores in each region are arranged by plant classification system i.e. in order of algae, bryophyte, pteridophyte, gymnosperm, and angiosperm. All 409 plates of color photomicrographs for pollen grains and spores are finally illustrated and described.
    Description / Table of Contents: 本书整理编排了我国第四纪地层常见的孢粉类型显微照相图版,按照西北、北方、东南、华南和西南五个大区编排,并对这些区域的现代植被、第四纪植被史做了简要概述,还重点叙述了各地区第四纪主要孢粉类型、特点以及常见孢粉种类的鉴定形态特征。共分三章,第一章为我国各地区现代植被和第四纪植被概述,重点叙述了古植被与古气候的演变历史;第二章介绍本图鉴中所列出的各地区主要第四纪孢粉类型及其特点,并对不同地区常见孢粉种类
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 620 Seiten , zahlreiche Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9787030505682
    Language: Chinese , Latin
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Chapter 1: Overview of modern and Quaternary vegetation in China. - 1.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Shen Caiming. - 1.1.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.1.1.1 Gobi desert and desert vegetation in eastern Xinjiang. - 1.1.1.2 Extremely arid desert and shrubland vegetation in the Qaidam Basin. - 1.1.1.3 Arid desert shrub and semi-shrub vegetation in the Hexi Corridor. - 1.1.1.4 Sylvosteppe or pine-oak forest in the transitional region between semi-humid and semi-arid monsoonal climate of temperate zone in the Loess Plateau. - 1.1.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.1.2.1 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Qinghai. - 1.1.2.2 Holocene vegetation succession of steppe/meadow in north Xizang (Tibet). - 1.1.2.3 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the Loess Plateau. - 1.1.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Xinjiang. - 1.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu and Li Chunhai. - 1.2.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.2.1.1 Coniferous and broadleaved forest and meadow of temperate zone in Northeast China. - 1.2.1.2 Oak forest of river valley, Chinese pine forest, and shrub steppe in the lower valley of Liaohe River, North China plain, southern Shanxi, and central Shaanxi plain. - 1.2.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.2.2.1 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in North China. - 1.2.2.2 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Northeast China. - 1.3 Southeast region / Shu Junwu and Tang Lingyu. - 1.3.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.3.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.3.2.1 Vegetation succession since the mid-Pleistocene in Hubei. - 1.3.2.2 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the lower valley of the Yangtze River. - 1.3 .2.3 Forest succession since the last glaciation in southeast coast of Fujian. - 1.3.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the central Taiwan. - 1.4 South region / Mao Limi, Tang Lingyu and Shen Cairning. - 1.4.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.4.1.1 Vegetation in the southern zone of middle subtropical evergreen broadleaved forest. - 1.4.1.2 Vegetation in the zone of south subtropical evergreen broadleaved forest. - 1.4.1.3 Tropical semi-evergreen monsoonal forest and tropical monsoonal forest. - 1.4.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.4.2.1 Vegetation in the Zhujiang delta and Chaozhou plain since the Pleistocene recorded by pollen and spores. - 1.4.2.2 Vegetation and climate since the late Pleistocene in Leizhou Peninsula and Holocene vegetation and climate in Hainan Island. - 1.4.2.3 Late Quaternary pollen and spores, vegetation and climate records in the South. - 1.4.2.4 Vegetation and climate since the late Pleistocene in Hong Kong. - 1.5 Southwest region / Shu Junwu, Tang Lingyu and Shen Caiming. - 1.5.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.5.1.1 Vegetation of evergreen broadleaved forest in the Yunnan , Guizhou and western Sichuan Plateau. - 1.5.1.2 Vegetation of coniferous forest in southeast Xizang. - 1.5.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.5.2.1 Holocene vegetation in northwest Yunnan. - 1.5.2.2 Vegetation and monsoonal climate history since the late Pleistocene in western and south-central Yunnan. - 1.5.2.3 Holocene vegetation in western Sichuan. - 1.5.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in Guizhou. - 1.5.2.5 Vegetation and monsoonal climate history since the late Pleistocene in southeastern Xizang. - Chapter 2 Main types of Quaternary pollen and spores and their characteristics in different regions of China. - 2.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Mao Limi. - 2.1.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Northwest China. - 2.1.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Northwest China. - 2.1.2.1 Identifiable features of main Compositae pollen types. - 2.1.2.2 Identifiable features of Artemisia, Tamarix, and Zygophyllum pollen. - 2.1.2.3 Identifiable features of Rhamnus, Hippophae, and Elaeagnus pollen. - 2.1.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary spores and pollen in Northwest China. - 2.1.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Northwest China. - 2.1.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Northwest China. - 2.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu. - 2.2.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Northern China. - 2.2.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Northern China. - 2.2.2.1 Identification keys of pollen morphology for several saccate genera of Pinaceae. - 2.2.2.2 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for genera of Betulaceae. - 2.2.2.3 Identifiable features of tricolpate pollen from Salix and Cruciferae. - 2.2.2.4 Identifiable features of tricolpate pollen from Ranunculaceae and Labiatae. - 2.2.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary spores and pollen in Northern China. - 2.2.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Northern China. - 2.2.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Northern China. - 2.3 Southeast region / Tang Lingyu and Shu Junwu. - 2.3.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.2.1 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.2 Identification keys of pollen morphology for several genera of Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.3 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for several genera of Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.4 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for several genera of tropical and subtropical. - 2.3.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Southeast China. - 2.3.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Southeast China. - 2.4 South region / Mao Limi and Tang Lingyu. - 2.4.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.2 Identifiable features of main Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.2.1 Modern distribution and paleophytogeography of Sonneratia and its identifiable features of pollen morphology. - 2.4.2.2 Modern distribution and paleoecology significance of Rhizophoraceae and its identifiable features of pollen morphology. - 2.4.3 Photomicrographs and descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.5 Southwest region / Tang Lingyu and Shu Junwu. - 2.5.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.2 Identifiable feature of main Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.2.1 Plant distribution and pollen features of Pinaceae in Southwest China. - 2.5.2.2 Identification keys of pollen morphology for Pinaceae. - 2.5.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.3.1 Photomicrographs for common pollen in Southwest China. - 2.5.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - Chapter 3 Plates and descriptions of Quaternary pollen and spores in different region of China. - 3.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Mao Limi. - Spores of the pteridophyte Plates 1-3. - Gymnosperm pollen Plates 3-10. - Angiosperm pollen Plates 11-63. - 3.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu and Li Chunhai. - Spores of the algae Plates 1-3. - Spores of the bryophyte Plate 4. - Spores of the pteridophyte Plates 5-9. - Gymnosperm pollen Plates 9-24. - Angiosperm pollen Plates 25-63. - 3.3 Southeast region / Tang Lingyu, Zhou Zhongze and
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-17-90721
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2017
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-9935-24155-9
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2017
    Language: English
    Note: Content: Preface. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council . - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - Allen Pope New IASC Executive Secretary. - IASC Secretariat Moves to Iceland. - IASC Future Strategy. - IASC Medal 2017. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Initiatives. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2016. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Arctic Council. - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists. - Annex. - Polar Acronyms.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91403
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 23
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiv, 284 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie 23
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Lyngen-Alpen und Bergland von Kåfjord und Storfjord / Karl-Dieter Meier. - Bemerkungen zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsformung in den Lyngen-Alpen (Lyngen Halbinsel) und im Bergland von Kåfjord und Storfjord, Norwegisch Lappland, mit ausgewählten themenbezogenen Wanderexkursionen. - 1. Einführung. - 2. Physiogeographische Charakteristik der Lyngen-Alpen und des Berglandes von Kåfjord und Storfjord. - 2.1. Relief. - 2.2. Geologisch-tektonischer Bau, Festgesteine. - 2.3. Lockersedimente. - 2.4. Klima. - 2.5. Vegetation. - 3. Glaziäre Formung. - 3.1. Vergletscherungsgeschichte bis zur "Kleinen Eiszeit". - 3.2. Neuzeitliche Vergletscherung und aktuelle Gletscherdynamik. - 3.3. Zusammenhänge zwischen Gletscher- und Klimaschwankungen. - 4. Periglaziäre Formung. - 4.1. Permafrosterscheinungen und -indikatoren. - 4.2. Räumliche Verbreitung des Permafrostbodens. - 4.3. Periglaziäre Formen und Ablagerungen (ohne Permafrostboden). - 4.3.1. Blockfelder. - 4.3 .2. Sturzschutthalden und -kegel. - 4.3.3. Gelisolifluktionserscheinungen und -formen. - 4.3.4. Frostmusterböden. - 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsformung. - 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik. - 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen. - 5.2.1. Fornesdal - Rypedalsvatn (ca. 20 km). - 5.2.2. Fugldal - Fugldalsvatn (ca. 12 km). - 5.2.3. Goverdal - Sörvestbre- Rundvatn (ca. 17 km). - 5.2.4. Slettmo- Sörellendal (ca. 12 km). - 5.2.5. Steindal- Nallannjunni - Steindalsbre (ca. 15 km). - 5.2.6. Lyngsdal - Dalbotn - Vest- / Midt- / Sydbre (ca. 20 km). - 5.2.7. Koppangsdal - Koppangsbre (ca. 6 km). - 5.2.8. Tyttebaerdal - Brevatn - Stortinddalsbre (ca. 20 km). - 5.2.9. Bensnes - Trollvatn (ca. 10 km). - 5.2.10. Sörlenangsbotn - unteres Strupskarddal - Blåvatn- oberes Strupskarddal - Strupvatn - Strupbre (ca. 24 km). - 5.2.11. Veidal - Olderelvvatn - Veidalsvatn (ca. 12 km). - 5.2.12. Indre Nordmannvika - Nordmannvikdal - Nordmannviktind (See 549 m ü. Mo) - Jovnnacahca- Sannjariehppi - Gauknes - Kippeldal (ca. 23 km). - 5.2.13. Skarvdal - Kopperlia - Bievlajavri - Moldojokkadal - Bievlavarri ( ca. 22 km). - 6. Ergebnisse, Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick. - 7. Literaturverzeichnis. - 8. Kartenverzeichnis. - 8.1. Quartärgeologische Karten. - 8.2. Karten der Festgesteine. - 8.3. Topographische Karten. - 9. Luftbildverzeichnis. , Inhaltsverzeichnis westliche Finnmarksvidda / Karl-Dieter Meier und Dietbert Thannheiser. - Eine Exkursion zur kaltklimatischen quartären Landschaftsformung auf der westlichen Finnmarksvidda, Norwegisch Lappland. - 1. Einführung. - 2. Physiogeographische Charakteristik. - 2.1. Relief und Gewässernetz. - 2.2. Geologisch-tektonischer Bau und Lockersedimente. - 2.3. Klima und Permafrostboden. - 2.4. Vegetation und Böden. - 3. Exkursion über die Finnmarksvidda-Hochfläche. - 3.1. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund. - 3.2. Streckenverlauf und Logistik. - 3.3. Streckenbeschreibung. - 3.3.1. Alta - Skillemo. - 3.3.2. Skillemo - Gargia - Beskades - Solovorni. - 3.3.3. Skillemo - Trangdalen - Avzejavri - Solovorni (Alternativstrecke). - 3.3.4. Solovorni - Masi. - 3.3.5. Masi - Gievdneguoika. - 3.3.6. Gievdneguoika - Kautokeino. - 3.3.7. Kautokeino - Avze - Kivijärvi. - 4. Schlussfolgerungen. - 5. Literatur. - 6. Geologische und geomorphologische Karten. - 7. Topographische Karten.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: AWI S5-18-91741
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xcix, 2868 Seiten
    Edition: 10., vollständig überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783452282750 (238.00 EUR)
    Series Statement: Heymanns Kommentare zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92415
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VIII, 154, xv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung 1 Motivation 2 Introduction 2.1 Arctic climate changes and their impacts on Coastal processes 2.2 Shoreline retreat along Arctic coasts 2.3 Impacts of Coastal erosion 2.3.1 Material fluxes 2.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 2.3.3 Socio-economic impacts 2.4 Objectives 2.5 Study area 2.6 Thesis structure 2.7 Authors’ contributions 3 Variability in rates of Coastal change along the Yukon coast, 1951 to 2015 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Study Area 3.3 Data and Methods 3.3.1 Remote sensing data 3.3.2 Field survey data 3.3.3 Classification of shoreline 3.3.4 Transect-wise analyses of shoreline movements through time 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Temporal variations in shoreline change rates 3.4.2 Alongshore rates of change 3.4.3 Shoreline dynamics along field sites 3.4.4 Dynamics of lagoons, barrier Islands and spits (gravel features) 3.4.5 Yukon Territory land loss 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Temporal variations in shoreline change rates 3.5.2 Alongshore rates of change 3.5.3 Dynamics of lagoons, barrier Islands, and spits (gravel features) 3.5.4 Expected shoreline changes as a consequence of future climate warming 3.6 Conclusions Context 4 Coastal erosion of permafrost Solls along the Yukon Coastal Plain and Kuxes oforganic carbon to the Canadian Beaufort Sea 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Study Area 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Sample collection and laboratory analyses 4.3.2 Soll organic carbon determinations 4.3.3 Flux of organic soil carbon and Sediments 4.3.4 Fate of the eroded soil organic carbon 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Ground lce 4.4.2 Organic carbon contents 4.4.3 Material fluxes 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Ground lce 4.5.2 Organic carbon contents 4.5.3 Material fluxes 4.5.4 Organic carbon in nearshore Sediments 4.6 Conclusion Context 5 Terrain Controls on the occurrence of Coastal retrogressive thaw slumpsalong the Yukon Coast, Canada 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Study Area 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Mapping of RTSs and landform Classification 5.3.2 Environmental variables 5.3.3 Univariate regression trees 5.4 Results 5.4.1 Characteristics of RTS along the coast 5.4.2 Density and areal coverage od RTSs along the Yukon Coast 5.5 Discussion 5.5.1 Characteristics and distribution of RTSs along the Yukon Coast 5.5.2 Terrain factors explaining RTS occurrence 5.5.3 Coastal processes 5.6 Conclusions Context 6 Impacts of past and fiiture Coastal changes on the Yukon coast - threats forcultural sites, infrastructure and travel routes 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Study Area 6.3 Methods 6.3.1 Data for shoreline projections 6.3.2 Shoreline projection for the conservative scenario (S1) 6.3.3 Shoreline Projection for the dynamic scenario (S2) 6.3.4 Positioning and characterizing of cultural sites 6.3.5 Calculation of losses under the S1 and S2 scenarios 6.3.6 Estimation of future dynamics in very dynamic areas 6.4 Results and discussion 6.4.1 Past and future shoreline change rates 6.4.2 Cultural sites 6.4.3 Infrastructure and travel routes 6.5 Conclusions 7 Discussion 7.1 The importance of understanding climatic drivers of Coastal changes 7.2 The influence of shoreline change rates on retrogressive thaw slump activity 7.3 On the calculation of carbon fluxes from Coastal erosion along the Yukon coast 7.4 Impacts of present and future Coastal erosion on the natural and human environment 7.5 Synthesis 8 Summary and Conclusions Bibliography Supporting Material Data Set ds01 Table S1 Table S3 Abbreviations and Nomendature Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92414
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost, defined as ground that remains frozen for at least two consecutive years, is a prominent feature of polar regions. In the Northern Hemisphere, approximately 23 million km2 of the ground are affected by permafrost. Climatic warming, which has a greater effect on the Arctic than on any other region on Earth, leads to permafrost thaw, caused by gradual deepening of the seasonal unfrozen layer (active layer), thermokarst formation (i.e. land subsidence due to ground ice loss) and thermo-erosion. In the course of thaw, formerly freeze-locked organic carbon (OC) is mobilized and mineralized into greenhouse gases (GHGs), fostering further climate warming – a process known as permafrost carbon feedback. Current climate models focus on GHG release from gradual deepening of the active layer and neglect the OC turnover during lateral transport induced by thermokarst and abrupt thermo-erosion. As such, the accelerated erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts, which make up ~34 % of the global coasts, deliver vast amounts of OC into the Arctic Ocean. However, little is known about the amounts of labile and fast bioavailable dissolved OC (DOC), the impact of thermokarst on mobilized organic matter (OM) characteristics, and the release of GHGs from eroding permafrost coasts. To fill that knowledge gap, the main objectives of the thesis are to investigate (i) how much DOC is mobilized from coastal erosion, (ii) how thermokarst and -erosion alters OM characteristics upon thaw on transit to the ocean, and (iii) how much GHGs are emitted from the nearshore zones of eroding permafrost coasts. Field work and sampling took place along the Yukon coast and on Qikiqtaruk (Herschel Island) in the western Canadian Arctic. An interdisciplinary approach was used to quantify OM (OC and nitrogen) as well as to identify degradation processes. The methods used included sedimentology, geo- and hydrochemistry, remote sensing, statistical analyses, and gas chromatography. The thesis shows that considerable amounts of DOC are released from eroding permafrost coasts. Although OC fluxes into the ocean are dominated by DOC from Arctic rivers and particulate OC (POC), labile DOC derived from permafrost plays an important role as it is quickly available for biogeochemical cycling and turnover into GHGs. During transit from land to ocean OM characteristics are substantially altered by thermokarst formation and thermo-erosion. In mudpools, originating from in-situ thawed permafrost, as well as in thaw streams draining thermokarst features towards the ocean, mobilized OM issubject to dilution with melted ground ice and degradation, which result in a decrease of OM contents by more than 50 %. The turnover of OC continues in the nearshore zone. The biochemically most labile OC portions are rapidly lost within months and mineralized into GHGs. The production of GHGs in the ocean is 60 to 80 % as efficient as on land and primarily in form of carbon dioxide (CO2), due to aerobic conditions in the nearshore zone. During each open water season in the Arctic approximately 0.7 to 1.2 Tg of CO2 are emitted from the coastal fringe. The remaining OM is buried in nearshore and shelf sediments, potentially remobilized by waves, currents and ice scouring at later stages. To conclude, the thesis shows that eroding permafrost coasts release large amounts of OC, from which considerable portions are labile DOC. In the course of thermokarst formation and thermo-erosion, OM is diluted and the most labile portions subject to rapid turnover into GHGs. This shows that eroding permafrost coasts are a major yet neglected source of CO2 to the atmosphere. With increasing temperatures and longer sea ice-free conditions projected for the Arctic, the erosion of permafrost coasts accelerates. Consequently, the transfer of OC to the ocean accompanied by GHG production increases, which is expected to have drastic impacts for the climate and coastal ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: IX, 106, A1-A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclatureI 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Permafrost and ground ice 1.1.2 Organic carbon pools and fluxes into the Arctic Ocean 1.1.3 Climate warming and permafrost thaw 1.1.4 Permafrost degradation and coastal erosion 1.1.5 Study area Yukon coast and Qikiqtaruk 1.2 Knowledge gaps 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Thesis structure and author's contribution 2. Eroding permafrost coasts release low amounts of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) from ground ice into the nearshore zone of the Arctic Ocean 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 DOC concentration 2.4.3 DOC flux estimation 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Segmentation of the coast - literature synthesis 2.5.2 DOC concentration 2.5.3 DOC stocks and fluxes 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 DOC concentrations in ground ice 2.6.2 DOC fluxes from the YC 2.6.3 DOC fluxes and the Arctic carbon budget 2.7 Conclusion and Outlook 2.8 Acknowledgements 3.Transformation of terrestrial organic matter along thermokarst-affected permafrost coasts in the Arctic 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Field work 3.3.2 Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and vegetation 3.3.3 Organic matter 3.3.4 Statistics 3.3.5 Transformation of organic matter 3.3.6 Fate of organic matter in the nearshore zone 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and vegetation 3.4.2 Organic matter 3.4.3 C/N-ratios and δ13C 3.4.4 Biomarkers 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Transformation of organic matter in the disturbed zone 3.5.2 Fate of organic matter in the nearshore zone 3.5.3 Environmental impact of the RTS 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4. Rapid greenhouse gas release from eroding permafrost coasts 4.1 Summary 4.2 Background 4.3 Study site 4.4 Sampling and incubation setup 4.5 Findings and discussion 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Methods 4.7.1 Incubation conditions 4.7.2 Gas measurements 4.7.3 Geo- and hydrochemical analysis 4.8 Acknowledgements 5. Synthesis 5.1 Mobilization of permafrost OC pools by coastal erosion 5.2 Transformation of permafrost OM on transit from land to sea 5.3 Fate and pathways of permafrost OC in the nearshore zone 5.4 Conclusion and outlook References Appendix I: Dissolved organic carbon (DOC) in Arctic ground ice I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area and study sites I-4 Material and methods I-4-1 Laboratory analyses I-4-2 Statistical methods I-5 Results I-5-1 DOC and DIC concentrations I-5-2 Correlation matrix I-5-3 Principal components I-5-4 Univariate Tree Model (UTM) I-6 Discussion I-6-1 DOC stocks in ground ice and relevance to carbon cycling I-6-2 Carbon sequestration and origin in relation to inorganic geochemistry I-6-3 DOC mobility and quality upon permafrost degradation I-7 Conclusions and outlook I-8 Acknowledgements Appendix II: Supplementary material for Chapter 2 II-1 Supplementary table - Ground ice and geochemical data II-2 Supplementary table - Coastal segments and DOC flux Appendix III: Supplementary material for Chapter 3 III-1 Normalized Differenced Vegetation Index map III-2 Photograph of a massive ice bed in a RTS III-3 Calculation of biomarker proxies III-4 Supplementary table - Summary of geochemical data III-5 Supplementary table - Summary of statistical analysis AppendixI V: Supplementary material for Chapter 4 IV-1 Design of the incubation experiment IV-2 Photograph of a standard incubation setup IV-3 Conversion of gas amounts into mass IV-4 Total and daily aerobic CH4 production IV-5 Histogram summarizing OC losses and CO2 emissions IV-6 Supplementary table - Summary of TOC, DOC, and pH data IV-7 Supplementary table - Summary of TN, TOC/TN, and δ13C-TOC data IV-8 Supplementary table - Summary of total CO2 and CH4 production data IV-9 Supplementary table - Comparison of incubation setups IV-10 Supplementary table - Summary of daily CO2 production data IV-11 Supplementary table - Summary of daily CH4 production data Acknowledgements-Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: AWI G8-20-93468
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 151, A28 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and Nomenclature 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Climate and Permafrost 1.1.2 Remote Sensing 1.1.3 Research Questions 1.2 General Approach 1.3 Thesis Structure 1.4 Author’ s contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 1.4.2 Chapter 3 1.4.3 Chapter 4 1.4.4 Chapter 5 1.4.5 Appendix Paper 1 2. Detection of landscape dynamics in the Arctic Lena Delta withtemporally dense Landsat time-series Stacks 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area and Data 2.3.1 Study Area 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Methods/processing 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Regional Scale changes 2.4.2 Local scale changes 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Regional scale changes 2.5.2 Local scale changes 2.5.3 Data quality 2.5.4 Data usage and outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Data Archive 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Appendix A. Supplementary Data 3. Landsat-Based Trend Analysis of Lake Dynamics across NorthernPermafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study Sites 3.3.1 Alaska North Slope (NSL) 3.3.2 Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands (AKS) 3.3.3 Central Yakutia (CYA) 3.3.4 Kolyma Lowland (KOL) 3.4 Data and Methods 3.4.1 Data and Trend Analysis 3.4.2 Pixel-Based Machine-Leaming Classification 3.4.3 Object-Based Image Analysis 3.4.4 Data Quality and Post-Processing 3.4.5 Calculation of Lake Change Statistics 3.5 Results 3.5.1 NSL (Alaska North Slope) 3.5.2 AKS (Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands) 3.5.3 CYA (Central Yakutia) 3.5.4 KOL (Kolyma Lowland) 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Data Analysis 3.6.2 Comparison of Sites and Prior Studies 3.7 Conclusions 3.8 Supplementary Materials 3.9 Acknowledgements 3.10 Appendix A 4. Remotely sensing recent permafrost region disturbances across Arcticto Subarctic transects 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Lakes 4.3.2 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4.3.3 Wildfire 4.4 Discussion 4.5 Methods 4.5.1 Remote Sensing Data Processing 4.5.2 Auxiliary Data Sources 5. Tundra landform and Vegetation productivity trend maps for theArctic Coastal Plain of northern Alaska 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Background & Summary 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Polygonal tundra geomorphology mapping 5.3.2 Image processing 5.3.3 Image Classification 5.3.4 Decadal scale NDVI trend analysis 5.4 Data Records 5.5 Technical Validation 5.5.1 Tundra Geomorphology Map 5.5.2 NDVI Trend Map 5.6 Data Citation 6. Discussion/Synthesis 6.1 Landsat-based trend analysis 6.1.1 Spatial Scale 6.1.2 Time series analysis 6.1.3 Model complexity 6.2 Mapping of permafrost landscape dynamics 6.2.1 Lake dynamics 6.2.2 Wildfire 6.2.3 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 6.3 Pan-arctic scale distribution and consequences of changes inpermafrost 6.4 Outlook Bibliography A-1. Appendix: Reduced arctic tundra productivity linked with landform and climate change interactions A-1.1 Abstract A-1.2 Introduction A-1.3 Methods A-1.4 Results A-1.5 Discussion Danksagung/Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dessau-Roßlau : Umweltbundesamt
    Call number: AWI S6-21-94442
    Description / Table of Contents: Leo und Polly entdecken Eisbären und Pinguine, die größte Wüste der Welt, rasende Gletscher und einzigartige Schneeflocken. Sie hören berühmte letzte Worte und erfahren, warum Meereis besser ist als weniger Eis. Denn das ewige Eis ist bedroht - durch den Menschen! Was man selber dagegen tun kann, davon erzählt dieses Buch. Mit original Narwal-Gesang und Pinguinrufen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 41 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Stand: September 2017
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...